releasing package apt version 0.9.15.5
[ntk/apt.git] / doc / po / apt-doc.pot
... / ...
CommitLineData
1# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
2# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3# This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-doc package.
4# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
5#
6#, fuzzy
7msgid ""
8msgstr ""
9"Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 0.9.15.5\n"
10"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n"
11"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-28 10:56+0100\n"
12"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
13"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
14"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
15"Language: \n"
16"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
17"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
18"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
19
20#. type: Plain text
21#: apt.ent:7
22#, no-wrap
23msgid ""
24"<!ENTITY apt-author.team \"\n"
25" <author>\n"
26" <othername>APT team</othername>\n"
27" <contrib></contrib>\n"
28" </author>\n"
29"\">\n"
30msgstr ""
31
32#. type: Plain text
33#: apt.ent:13
34#, no-wrap
35msgid ""
36"<!ENTITY apt-qapage \"\n"
37"\t<para>\n"
38"\t\t<ulink url='http://packages.qa.debian.org/a/apt.html'>QA Page</ulink>\n"
39"\t</para>\n"
40"\">\n"
41msgstr ""
42
43#. type: Plain text
44#: apt.ent:24
45#, no-wrap
46msgid ""
47"<!-- Boiler plate Bug reporting section -->\n"
48"<!ENTITY manbugs \"\n"
49" <refsect1><title>Bugs</title>\n"
50" <para><ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/src:apt'>APT bug page</ulink>.\n"
51" If you wish to report a bug in APT, please see\n"
52" <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting.txt</filename> or the\n"
53" &reportbug; command.\n"
54" </para>\n"
55" </refsect1>\n"
56"\">\n"
57msgstr ""
58
59#. type: Plain text
60#: apt.ent:32
61#, no-wrap
62msgid ""
63"<!-- Boiler plate Author section -->\n"
64"<!ENTITY manauthor \"\n"
65" <refsect1><title>Author</title>\n"
66" <para>APT was written by the APT team "
67"<email>apt@packages.debian.org</email>.\n"
68" </para>\n"
69" </refsect1>\n"
70"\">\n"
71msgstr ""
72
73#. type: Plain text
74#: apt.ent:42
75#, no-wrap
76msgid ""
77"<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
78" put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
79"<!ENTITY apt-commonoptions \"\n"
80" <varlistentry><term><option>-h</option></term>\n"
81" <term><option>--help</option></term>\n"
82" <listitem><para>Show a short usage summary.\n"
83" </para>\n"
84" </listitem>\n"
85" </varlistentry>\n"
86msgstr ""
87
88#. type: Plain text
89#: apt.ent:50
90#, no-wrap
91msgid ""
92" <varlistentry>\n"
93" <term><option>-v</option></term>\n"
94" <term><option>--version</option></term>\n"
95" <listitem><para>Show the program version.\n"
96" </para>\n"
97" </listitem>\n"
98" </varlistentry>\n"
99msgstr ""
100
101#. type: Plain text
102#: apt.ent:62
103#, no-wrap
104msgid ""
105" <varlistentry>\n"
106" <term><option>-c</option></term>\n"
107" <term><option>--config-file</option></term>\n"
108" <listitem><para>Configuration File; Specify a configuration file to "
109"use. \n"
110" The program will read the default configuration file and then this \n"
111" configuration file. If configuration settings need to be set before "
112"the\n"
113" default configuration files are parsed specify a file with the "
114"<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>\n"
115" environment variable. See &apt-conf; for syntax information.\n"
116" </para>\n"
117" </listitem>\n"
118" </varlistentry>\n"
119msgstr ""
120
121#. type: Plain text
122#: apt.ent:74
123#, no-wrap
124msgid ""
125" <varlistentry>\n"
126" <term><option>-o</option></term>\n"
127" <term><option>--option</option></term>\n"
128" <listitem><para>Set a Configuration Option; This will set an "
129"arbitrary\n"
130" configuration option. The syntax is <option>-o "
131"Foo::Bar=bar</option>.\n"
132" <option>-o</option> and <option>--option</option> can be used "
133"multiple\n"
134" times to set different options.\n"
135" </para>\n"
136" </listitem>\n"
137" </varlistentry>\n"
138"\">\n"
139msgstr ""
140
141#. type: Plain text
142#: apt.ent:85
143#, no-wrap
144msgid ""
145"<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
146" put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
147"<!ENTITY apt-cmdblurb \"\n"
148" <para>All command line options may be set using the configuration file, "
149"the\n"
150" descriptions indicate the configuration option to set. For boolean\n"
151" options you can override the config file by using something like \n"
152" <option>-f-</option>,<option>--no-f</option>, <option>-f=no</option>\n"
153" or several other variations.\n"
154" </para>\n"
155"\">\n"
156msgstr ""
157
158#. type: Plain text
159#: apt.ent:91
160#, no-wrap
161msgid ""
162"<!ENTITY file-aptconf \"\n"
163" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename></term>\n"
164" <listitem><para>APT configuration file.\n"
165" Configuration Item: "
166"<literal>Dir::Etc::Main</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
167" </varlistentry>\n"
168msgstr ""
169
170#. type: Plain text
171#: apt.ent:97
172#, no-wrap
173msgid ""
174" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/</filename></term>\n"
175" <listitem><para>APT configuration file fragments.\n"
176" Configuration Item: "
177"<literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
178" </varlistentry>\n"
179"\">\n"
180msgstr ""
181
182#. type: Plain text
183#: apt.ent:103
184#, no-wrap
185msgid ""
186"<!ENTITY file-cachearchives \"\n"
187" <varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename></term>\n"
188" <listitem><para>Storage area for retrieved package files.\n"
189" Configuration Item: "
190"<literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
191" </varlistentry>\n"
192msgstr ""
193
194#. type: Plain text
195#: apt.ent:109
196#, no-wrap
197msgid ""
198" "
199"<varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename></term>\n"
200" <listitem><para>Storage area for package files in transit.\n"
201" Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal> "
202"(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
203"appended)</para></listitem>\n"
204" </varlistentry>\n"
205"\">\n"
206msgstr ""
207
208#. type: Plain text
209#: apt.ent:119
210#, no-wrap
211msgid ""
212"<!ENTITY file-preferences \"\n"
213" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename></term>\n"
214" <listitem><para>Version preferences file.\n"
215" This is where you would specify &quot;pinning&quot;,\n"
216" i.e. a preference to get certain packages\n"
217" from a separate source\n"
218" or from a different version of a distribution.\n"
219" Configuration Item: "
220"<literal>Dir::Etc::Preferences</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
221" </varlistentry>\n"
222msgstr ""
223
224#. type: Plain text
225#: apt.ent:125
226#, no-wrap
227msgid ""
228" "
229"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename></term>\n"
230" <listitem><para>File fragments for the version preferences.\n"
231" Configuration Item: "
232"<literal>Dir::Etc::PreferencesParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
233" </varlistentry>\n"
234"\">\n"
235msgstr ""
236
237#. type: Plain text
238#: apt.ent:131
239#, no-wrap
240msgid ""
241"<!ENTITY file-sourceslist \"\n"
242" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename></term>\n"
243" <listitem><para>Locations to fetch packages from.\n"
244" Configuration Item: "
245"<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceList</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
246" </varlistentry>\n"
247msgstr ""
248
249#. type: Plain text
250#: apt.ent:137
251#, no-wrap
252msgid ""
253" "
254"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename></term>\n"
255" <listitem><para>File fragments for locations to fetch packages from.\n"
256" Configuration Item: "
257"<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
258" </varlistentry>\n"
259"\">\n"
260msgstr ""
261
262#. type: Plain text
263#: apt.ent:144
264#, no-wrap
265msgid ""
266"<!ENTITY file-statelists \"\n"
267" <varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/</filename></term>\n"
268" <listitem><para>Storage area for state information for each package "
269"resource specified in\n"
270" &sources-list;\n"
271" Configuration Item: "
272"<literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
273" </varlistentry>\n"
274msgstr ""
275
276#. type: Plain text
277#: apt.ent:150
278#, no-wrap
279msgid ""
280" "
281"<varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/partial/</filename></term>\n"
282" <listitem><para>Storage area for state information in transit.\n"
283" Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> "
284"(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
285"appended)</para></listitem>\n"
286" </varlistentry>\n"
287"\">\n"
288msgstr ""
289
290#. type: Plain text
291#: apt.ent:156
292#, no-wrap
293msgid ""
294"<!ENTITY file-trustedgpg \"\n"
295" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg</filename></term>\n"
296" <listitem><para>Keyring of local trusted keys, new keys will be added "
297"here.\n"
298" Configuration Item: "
299"<literal>Dir::Etc::Trusted</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
300" </varlistentry>\n"
301msgstr ""
302
303#. type: Plain text
304#: apt.ent:163
305#, no-wrap
306msgid ""
307" "
308"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename></term>\n"
309" <listitem><para>File fragments for the trusted keys, additional "
310"keyrings can\n"
311" be stored here (by other packages or the administrator).\n"
312" Configuration Item "
313"<literal>Dir::Etc::TrustedParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
314" </varlistentry>\n"
315"\">\n"
316msgstr ""
317
318#. type: Plain text
319#: apt.ent:171
320#, no-wrap
321msgid ""
322"<!ENTITY file-extended_states \"\n"
323" "
324"<varlistentry><term><filename>/var/lib/apt/extended_states</filename></term>\n"
325" <listitem><para>Status list of auto-installed packages.\n"
326" Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::extended_states</literal>.\n"
327" </para></listitem>\n"
328" </varlistentry>\n"
329"\">\n"
330msgstr ""
331
332#. type: Plain text
333#: apt.ent:175
334#, no-wrap
335msgid ""
336"<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is the section header for the following paragraphs - "
337"comparable\n"
338" to the other headers like NAME and DESCRIPTION and should therefore be "
339"uppercase. -->\n"
340"<!ENTITY translation-title \"TRANSLATION\">\n"
341msgstr ""
342
343#. type: Plain text
344#: apt.ent:184
345#, no-wrap
346msgid ""
347"<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is a placeholder. You should write here who has "
348"contributed\n"
349" to the translation in the past, who is responsible now and maybe "
350"further information\n"
351" specially related to your translation. -->\n"
352"<!ENTITY translation-holder \"\n"
353" The english translation was done by John Doe "
354"<email>john@doe.org</email> in 2009,\n"
355" 2010 and Daniela Acme <email>daniela@acme.us</email> in 2010 together "
356"with the\n"
357" Debian Dummy l10n Team "
358"<email>debian-l10n-dummy@lists.debian.org</email>.\n"
359"\">\n"
360msgstr ""
361
362#. type: Plain text
363#: apt.ent:195
364#, no-wrap
365msgid ""
366"<!-- TRANSLATOR: As a translation is allowed to have 20% of "
367"untranslated/fuzzy strings\n"
368" in a shipped manpage newer/modified paragraphs will maybe appear in "
369"english in\n"
370" the generated manpage. This sentence is therefore here to tell the "
371"reader that this\n"
372" is not a mistake by the translator - obviously the target is that at "
373"least for stable\n"
374" releases this sentence is not needed. :) -->\n"
375"<!ENTITY translation-english \"\n"
376" Note that this translated document may contain untranslated parts.\n"
377" This is done on purpose, to avoid losing content when the\n"
378" translation is lagging behind the original content.\n"
379"\">\n"
380msgstr ""
381
382#. type: Plain text
383#: apt.ent:198
384msgid ""
385"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string "
386"e.g. -o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string "
387"\"config_string\">"
388msgstr ""
389
390#. type: Plain text
391#: apt.ent:201
392msgid ""
393"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -c=config_file e.g. -c=./apt.conf --> <!ENTITY "
394"synopsis-config-file \"config_file\">"
395msgstr ""
396
397#. type: Plain text
398#: apt.ent:204
399msgid ""
400"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release "
401"e.g. -t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release "
402"\"target_release\">"
403msgstr ""
404
405#. type: Plain text
406#: apt.ent:207
407msgid ""
408"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -a=architecture e.g. -a=armel --> <!ENTITY "
409"synopsis-architecture \"architecture\">"
410msgstr ""
411
412#. type: Plain text
413#: apt.ent:210
414msgid ""
415"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-get install pkg e.g. apt-get install awesome "
416"--> <!ENTITY synopsis-pkg \"pkg\">"
417msgstr ""
418
419#. type: Plain text
420#: apt.ent:213
421msgid ""
422"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in pkg=pkg_version_number e.g. apt=0.8.15 --> "
423"<!ENTITY synopsis-pkg-ver-number \"pkg_version_number\">"
424msgstr ""
425
426#. type: Plain text
427#: apt.ent:216
428msgid ""
429"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache pkgnames prefix e.g. apt-cache "
430"pkgnames apt --> <!ENTITY synopsis-prefix \"prefix\">"
431msgstr ""
432
433#. type: Plain text
434#: apt.ent:219
435msgid ""
436"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache search regex e.g. apt-cache search "
437"awesome --> <!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"regex\">"
438msgstr ""
439
440#. type: Plain text
441#: apt.ent:222
442msgid ""
443"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom "
444"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">"
445msgstr ""
446
447#. type: Plain text
448#: apt.ent:225
449msgid ""
450"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates -t=temporary_directory "
451"e.g. apt-extracttemplates -t=/tmp --> <!ENTITY synopsis-tmp-directory "
452"\"temporary_directory\">"
453msgstr ""
454
455#. type: Plain text
456#: apt.ent:228
457msgid ""
458"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates filename --> <!ENTITY "
459"synopsis-filename \"filename\">"
460msgstr ""
461
462#. type: Plain text
463#: apt.ent:231
464msgid ""
465"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
466"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-path \"path\">"
467msgstr ""
468
469#. type: Plain text
470#: apt.ent:234
471msgid ""
472"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
473"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-override "
474"\"override-file\">"
475msgstr ""
476
477#. type: Plain text
478#: apt.ent:237
479msgid ""
480"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
481"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-pathprefix "
482"\"pathprefix\">"
483msgstr ""
484
485#. type: Plain text
486#: apt.ent:240
487msgid ""
488"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
489"generate section --> <!ENTITY synopsis-section \"section\">"
490msgstr ""
491
492#. type: Plain text
493#: apt.ent:243
494msgid ""
495"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-key export keyid e.g. apt-key export "
496"473041FA --> <!ENTITY synopsis-keyid \"keyid\">"
497msgstr ""
498
499#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
500#: apt-get.8.xml:28 apt-cache.8.xml:28 apt-key.8.xml:27 apt-mark.8.xml:28 apt-secure.8.xml:27 apt-cdrom.8.xml:27 apt-config.8.xml:28
501msgid "8"
502msgstr ""
503
504#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
505#: apt-get.8.xml:29 apt-cache.8.xml:29 apt-key.8.xml:28 apt-mark.8.xml:29 apt-secure.8.xml:28 apt-cdrom.8.xml:28 apt-config.8.xml:29 apt.conf.5.xml:34 apt_preferences.5.xml:28 sources.list.5.xml:29 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:29 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:29 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:29
506msgid "APT"
507msgstr ""
508
509#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
510#: apt-get.8.xml:35
511msgid "APT package handling utility -- command-line interface"
512msgstr ""
513
514#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
515#: apt-get.8.xml:40 apt-cache.8.xml:40 apt-key.8.xml:39 apt-mark.8.xml:40 apt-secure.8.xml:52 apt-cdrom.8.xml:39 apt-config.8.xml:40 apt.conf.5.xml:43 apt_preferences.5.xml:38 sources.list.5.xml:38 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:40 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:40 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:40
516msgid "Description"
517msgstr ""
518
519#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
520#: apt-get.8.xml:41
521msgid ""
522"<command>apt-get</command> is the command-line tool for handling packages, "
523"and may be considered the user's \"back-end\" to other tools using the APT "
524"library. Several \"front-end\" interfaces exist, such as &aptitude;, "
525"&synaptic; and &wajig;."
526msgstr ""
527
528#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
529#: apt-get.8.xml:46 apt-cache.8.xml:46 apt-cdrom.8.xml:53 apt-config.8.xml:46 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:56
530msgid ""
531"Unless the <option>-h</option>, or <option>--help</option> option is given, "
532"one of the commands below must be present."
533msgstr ""
534
535#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
536#: apt-get.8.xml:51
537msgid ""
538"<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
539"from their sources. The indexes of available packages are fetched from the "
540"location(s) specified in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. For "
541"example, when using a Debian archive, this command retrieves and scans the "
542"<filename>Packages.gz</filename> files, so that information about new and "
543"updated packages is available. An <literal>update</literal> should always be "
544"performed before an <literal>upgrade</literal> or "
545"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal>. Please be aware that the overall progress "
546"meter will be incorrect as the size of the package files cannot be known in "
547"advance."
548msgstr ""
549
550#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
551#: apt-get.8.xml:63
552msgid ""
553"<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
554"packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
555"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Packages currently installed "
556"with new versions available are retrieved and upgraded; under no "
557"circumstances are currently installed packages removed, or packages not "
558"already installed retrieved and installed. New versions of currently "
559"installed packages that cannot be upgraded without changing the install "
560"status of another package will be left at their current version. An "
561"<literal>update</literal> must be performed first so that "
562"<command>apt-get</command> knows that new versions of packages are "
563"available."
564msgstr ""
565
566#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
567#: apt-get.8.xml:76
568msgid ""
569"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> in addition to performing the function of "
570"<literal>upgrade</literal>, also intelligently handles changing dependencies "
571"with new versions of packages; <command>apt-get</command> has a \"smart\" "
572"conflict resolution system, and it will attempt to upgrade the most "
573"important packages at the expense of less important ones if necessary. The "
574"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> command may therefore remove some packages. "
575"The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file contains a list of "
576"locations from which to retrieve desired package files. See also "
577"&apt-preferences; for a mechanism for overriding the general settings for "
578"individual packages."
579msgstr ""
580
581#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
582#: apt-get.8.xml:89
583msgid ""
584"<literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> is used in conjunction with the "
585"traditional Debian packaging front-end, "
586"&dselect;. <literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> follows the changes made by "
587"&dselect; to the <literal>Status</literal> field of available packages, and "
588"performs the actions necessary to realize that state (for instance, the "
589"removal of old and the installation of new packages)."
590msgstr ""
591
592#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
593#: apt-get.8.xml:100
594msgid ""
595"<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more packages desired for "
596"installation or upgrading. Each package is a package name, not a fully "
597"qualified filename (for instance, in a Debian system, "
598"<package>apt-utils</package> would be the argument provided, not "
599"<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-version;_amd64.deb</filename>). All "
600"packages required by the package(s) specified for installation will also be "
601"retrieved and installed. The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> "
602"file is used to locate the desired packages. If a hyphen is appended to the "
603"package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
604"removed if it is installed. Similarly a plus sign can be used to designate "
605"a package to install. These latter features may be used to override "
606"decisions made by apt-get's conflict resolution system."
607msgstr ""
608
609#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
610#: apt-get.8.xml:118
611msgid ""
612"A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
613"following the package name with an equals and the version of the package to "
614"select. This will cause that version to be located and selected for "
615"install. Alternatively a specific distribution can be selected by following "
616"the package name with a slash and the version of the distribution or the "
617"Archive name (stable, testing, unstable)."
618msgstr ""
619
620#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
621#: apt-get.8.xml:125
622msgid ""
623"Both of the version selection mechanisms can downgrade packages and must be "
624"used with care."
625msgstr ""
626
627#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
628#: apt-get.8.xml:128
629msgid ""
630"This is also the target to use if you want to upgrade one or more "
631"already-installed packages without upgrading every package you have on your "
632"system. Unlike the \"upgrade\" target, which installs the newest version of "
633"all currently installed packages, \"install\" will install the newest "
634"version of only the package(s) specified. Simply provide the name of the "
635"package(s) you wish to upgrade, and if a newer version is available, it (and "
636"its dependencies, as described above) will be downloaded and installed."
637msgstr ""
638
639#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
640#: apt-get.8.xml:139
641msgid ""
642"Finally, the &apt-preferences; mechanism allows you to create an alternative "
643"installation policy for individual packages."
644msgstr ""
645
646#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
647#: apt-get.8.xml:143
648msgid ""
649"If no package matches the given expression and the expression contains one "
650"of '.', '?' or '*' then it is assumed to be a POSIX regular expression, and "
651"it is applied to all package names in the database. Any matches are then "
652"installed (or removed). Note that matching is done by substring so 'lo.*' "
653"matches 'how-lo' and 'lowest'. If this is undesired, anchor the regular "
654"expression with a '^' or '$' character, or create a more specific regular "
655"expression."
656msgstr ""
657
658#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
659#: apt-get.8.xml:153
660msgid ""
661"<literal>remove</literal> is identical to <literal>install</literal> except "
662"that packages are removed instead of installed. Note that removing a package "
663"leaves its configuration files on the system. If a plus sign is appended to "
664"the package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
665"installed instead of removed."
666msgstr ""
667
668#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
669#: apt-get.8.xml:161
670msgid ""
671"<literal>purge</literal> is identical to <literal>remove</literal> except "
672"that packages are removed and purged (any configuration files are deleted "
673"too)."
674msgstr ""
675
676#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
677#: apt-get.8.xml:166
678msgid ""
679"<literal>source</literal> causes <command>apt-get</command> to fetch source "
680"packages. APT will examine the available packages to decide which source "
681"package to fetch. It will then find and download into the current directory "
682"the newest available version of that source package while respecting the "
683"default release, set with the option "
684"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>, the <option>-t</option> option or "
685"per package with the <literal>pkg/release</literal> syntax, if possible."
686msgstr ""
687
688#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
689#: apt-get.8.xml:174
690msgid ""
691"Source packages are tracked separately from binary packages via "
692"<literal>deb-src</literal> lines in the &sources-list; file. This means that "
693"you will need to add such a line for each repository you want to get sources "
694"from; otherwise you will probably get either the wrong (too old/too new) "
695"source versions or none at all."
696msgstr ""
697
698#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
699#: apt-get.8.xml:180
700msgid ""
701"If the <option>--compile</option> option is specified then the package will "
702"be compiled to a binary .deb using <command>dpkg-buildpackage</command> for "
703"the architecture as defined by the <command>--host-architecture</command> "
704"option. If <option>--download-only</option> is specified then the source "
705"package will not be unpacked."
706msgstr ""
707
708#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
709#: apt-get.8.xml:187
710msgid ""
711"A specific source version can be retrieved by postfixing the source name "
712"with an equals and then the version to fetch, similar to the mechanism used "
713"for the package files. This enables exact matching of the source package "
714"name and version, implicitly enabling the "
715"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal> option."
716msgstr ""
717
718#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
719#: apt-get.8.xml:193
720msgid ""
721"Note that source packages are not installed and tracked in the "
722"<command>dpkg</command> database like binary packages; they are simply "
723"downloaded to the current directory, like source tarballs."
724msgstr ""
725
726#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
727#: apt-get.8.xml:199
728msgid ""
729"<literal>build-dep</literal> causes apt-get to install/remove packages in an "
730"attempt to satisfy the build dependencies for a source package. By default "
731"the dependencies are satisfied to build the package natively. If desired a "
732"host-architecture can be specified with the "
733"<option>--host-architecture</option> option instead."
734msgstr ""
735
736#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
737#: apt-get.8.xml:206
738msgid ""
739"<literal>check</literal> is a diagnostic tool; it updates the package cache "
740"and checks for broken dependencies."
741msgstr ""
742
743#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
744#: apt-get.8.xml:211
745msgid ""
746"<literal>download</literal> will download the given binary package into the "
747"current directory."
748msgstr ""
749
750#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
751#: apt-get.8.xml:217
752msgid ""
753"<literal>clean</literal> clears out the local repository of retrieved "
754"package files. It removes everything but the lock file from "
755"<filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename> and "
756"<filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename>."
757msgstr ""
758
759#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
760#: apt-get.8.xml:224
761msgid ""
762"Like <literal>clean</literal>, <literal>autoclean</literal> clears out the "
763"local repository of retrieved package files. The difference is that it only "
764"removes package files that can no longer be downloaded, and are largely "
765"useless. This allows a cache to be maintained over a long period without it "
766"growing out of control. The configuration option "
767"<literal>APT::Clean-Installed</literal> will prevent installed packages from "
768"being erased if it is set to off."
769msgstr ""
770
771#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
772#: apt-get.8.xml:234
773msgid ""
774"<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
775"automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
776"now no longer needed."
777msgstr ""
778
779#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
780#: apt-get.8.xml:239
781msgid ""
782"<literal>changelog</literal> downloads a package changelog and displays it "
783"through <command>sensible-pager</command>. The server name and base "
784"directory is defined in the <literal>APT::Changelogs::Server</literal> "
785"variable (e.g. <ulink "
786"url=\"http://packages.debian.org/changelogs\">packages.debian.org/changelogs</ulink> "
787"for Debian or <ulink "
788"url=\"http://changelogs.ubuntu.com/changelogs\">changelogs.ubuntu.com/changelogs</ulink> "
789"for Ubuntu). By default it displays the changelog for the version that is "
790"installed. However, you can specify the same options as for the "
791"<option>install</option> command."
792msgstr ""
793
794#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
795#: apt-get.8.xml:257 apt-cache.8.xml:250 apt-mark.8.xml:110 apt-config.8.xml:86 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:54 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:50 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:506
796msgid "options"
797msgstr ""
798
799#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
800#: apt-get.8.xml:262
801msgid ""
802"Do not consider recommended packages as a dependency for installing. "
803"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Install-Recommends</literal>."
804msgstr ""
805
806#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
807#: apt-get.8.xml:267
808msgid ""
809"Consider suggested packages as a dependency for installing. Configuration "
810"Item: <literal>APT::Install-Suggests</literal>."
811msgstr ""
812
813#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
814#: apt-get.8.xml:272
815msgid ""
816"Download only; package files are only retrieved, not unpacked or installed. "
817"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>."
818msgstr ""
819
820#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
821#: apt-get.8.xml:277
822msgid ""
823"Fix; attempt to correct a system with broken dependencies in place. This "
824"option, when used with install/remove, can omit any packages to permit APT "
825"to deduce a likely solution. If packages are specified, these have to "
826"completely correct the problem. The option is sometimes necessary when "
827"running APT for the first time; APT itself does not allow broken package "
828"dependencies to exist on a system. It is possible that a system's dependency "
829"structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually "
830"means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the "
831"offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> "
832"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: "
833"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>."
834msgstr ""
835
836#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
837#: apt-get.8.xml:292
838msgid ""
839"Ignore missing packages; if packages cannot be retrieved or fail the "
840"integrity check after retrieval (corrupted package files), hold back those "
841"packages and handle the result. Use of this option together with "
842"<option>-f</option> may produce an error in some situations. If a package is "
843"selected for installation (particularly if it is mentioned on the command "
844"line) and it could not be downloaded then it will be silently held back. "
845"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>."
846msgstr ""
847
848#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
849#: apt-get.8.xml:303
850msgid ""
851"Disables downloading of packages. This is best used with "
852"<option>--ignore-missing</option> to force APT to use only the .debs it has "
853"already downloaded. Configuration Item: "
854"<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>."
855msgstr ""
856
857#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
858#: apt-get.8.xml:310
859msgid ""
860"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
861"More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
862"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
863"file. Note that quiet level 2 implies <option>-y</option>; you should never "
864"use -qq without a no-action modifier such as -d, --print-uris or -s as APT "
865"may decide to do something you did not expect. Configuration Item: "
866"<literal>quiet</literal>."
867msgstr ""
868
869#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
870#: apt-get.8.xml:325
871msgid ""
872"No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur but do not "
873"actually change the system. Configuration Item: "
874"<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>."
875msgstr ""
876
877#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
878#: apt-get.8.xml:329
879msgid ""
880"Simulated runs performed as a user will automatically deactivate locking "
881"(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option "
882"<literal>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is by "
883"default) a notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only a "
884"simulation. Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or the "
885"notice - superusers should know what they are doing without further warnings "
886"from <literal>apt-get</literal>."
887msgstr ""
888
889#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
890#: apt-get.8.xml:337
891msgid ""
892"Simulated runs print out a series of lines, each representing a "
893"<command>dpkg</command> operation: configure (<literal>Conf</literal>), "
894"remove (<literal>Remv</literal>) or unpack "
895"(<literal>Inst</literal>). Square brackets indicate broken packages, and "
896"empty square brackets indicate breaks that are of no consequence (rare)."
897msgstr ""
898
899#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
900#: apt-get.8.xml:345
901msgid ""
902"Automatic yes to prompts; assume \"yes\" as answer to all prompts and run "
903"non-interactively. If an undesirable situation, such as changing a held "
904"package, trying to install a unauthenticated package or removing an "
905"essential package occurs then <literal>apt-get</literal> will abort. "
906"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>."
907msgstr ""
908
909#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
910#: apt-get.8.xml:353
911msgid ""
912"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: "
913"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>."
914msgstr ""
915
916#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
917#: apt-get.8.xml:358
918msgid ""
919"Show upgraded packages; print out a list of all packages that are to be "
920"upgraded. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Show-Upgraded</literal>."
921msgstr ""
922
923#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
924#: apt-get.8.xml:364
925msgid ""
926"Show full versions for upgraded and installed packages. Configuration Item: "
927"<literal>APT::Get::Show-Versions</literal>."
928msgstr ""
929
930#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
931#: apt-get.8.xml:370
932msgid ""
933"This option controls the architecture packages are built for by "
934"<command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies "
935"are satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host "
936"architecture is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by "
937"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: "
938"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>"
939msgstr ""
940
941#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
942#: apt-get.8.xml:380
943msgid ""
944"Compile source packages after downloading them. Configuration Item: "
945"<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>."
946msgstr ""
947
948#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
949#: apt-get.8.xml:385
950msgid ""
951"Ignore package holds; this causes <command>apt-get</command> to ignore a "
952"hold placed on a package. This may be useful in conjunction with "
953"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> to override a large number of undesired "
954"holds. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Ignore-Hold</literal>."
955msgstr ""
956
957#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
958#: apt-get.8.xml:392
959msgid ""
960"Allow installing new packages when used in conjunction with "
961"<literal>upgrade</literal>. This is useful if the update of a installed "
962"package requires new dependencies to be installed. Instead of holding the "
963"package back <literal>upgrade</literal> will upgrade the package and install "
964"the new dependencies. Note that <literal>upgrade</literal> with this option "
965"will never remove packages, only allow adding new ones. Configuration Item: "
966"<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade-Allow-New</literal>."
967msgstr ""
968
969#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
970#: apt-get.8.xml:404
971msgid ""
972"Do not upgrade packages; when used in conjunction with "
973"<literal>install</literal>, <literal>no-upgrade</literal> will prevent "
974"packages on the command line from being upgraded if they are already "
975"installed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>."
976msgstr ""
977
978#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
979#: apt-get.8.xml:411
980msgid ""
981"Do not install new packages; when used in conjunction with "
982"<literal>install</literal>, <literal>only-upgrade</literal> will install "
983"upgrades for already installed packages only and ignore requests to install "
984"new packages. Configuration Item: "
985"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>."
986msgstr ""
987
988#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
989#: apt-get.8.xml:419
990msgid ""
991"Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
992"without prompting if it is doing something potentially harmful. It should "
993"not be used except in very special situations. Using "
994"<literal>force-yes</literal> can potentially destroy your system! "
995"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>."
996msgstr ""
997
998#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
999#: apt-get.8.xml:427
1000msgid ""
1001"Instead of fetching the files to install their URIs are printed. Each URI "
1002"will have the path, the destination file name, the size and the expected MD5 "
1003"hash. Note that the file name to write to will not always match the file "
1004"name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> "
1005"and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the "
1006"<literal>update</literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it "
1007"is up to the user to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: "
1008"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>."
1009msgstr ""
1010
1011#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1012#: apt-get.8.xml:438
1013msgid ""
1014"Use purge instead of remove for anything that would be removed. An asterisk "
1015"(\"*\") will be displayed next to packages which are scheduled to be "
1016"purged. <option>remove --purge</option> is equivalent to the "
1017"<option>purge</option> command. Configuration Item: "
1018"<literal>APT::Get::Purge</literal>."
1019msgstr ""
1020
1021#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1022#: apt-get.8.xml:446
1023msgid ""
1024"Re-install packages that are already installed and at the newest version. "
1025"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>."
1026msgstr ""
1027
1028#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1029#: apt-get.8.xml:451
1030msgid ""
1031"This option is on by default; use <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal> to "
1032"turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically "
1033"manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that "
1034"obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you "
1035"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: "
1036"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>."
1037msgstr ""
1038
1039#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1040#: apt-get.8.xml:461
1041msgid ""
1042"This option controls the default input to the policy engine; it creates a "
1043"default pin at priority 990 using the specified release string. This "
1044"overrides the general settings in "
1045"<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename>. Specifically pinned packages are "
1046"not affected by the value of this option. In short, this option lets you "
1047"have simple control over which distribution packages will be retrieved "
1048"from. Some common examples might be <option>-t '2.1*'</option>, <option>-t "
1049"unstable</option> or <option>-t sid</option>. Configuration Item: "
1050"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>; see also the &apt-preferences; "
1051"manual page."
1052msgstr ""
1053
1054#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1055#: apt-get.8.xml:476
1056msgid ""
1057"Only perform operations that are 'trivial'. Logically this can be considered "
1058"related to <option>--assume-yes</option>; where "
1059"<option>--assume-yes</option> will answer yes to any prompt, "
1060"<option>--trivial-only</option> will answer no. Configuration Item: "
1061"<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>."
1062msgstr ""
1063
1064#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1065#: apt-get.8.xml:483
1066msgid ""
1067"If any packages are to be removed apt-get immediately aborts without "
1068"prompting. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>."
1069msgstr ""
1070
1071#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1072#: apt-get.8.xml:489
1073msgid ""
1074"If the command is either <literal>install</literal> or "
1075"<literal>remove</literal>, then this option acts like running the "
1076"<literal>autoremove</literal> command, removing unused dependency "
1077"packages. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>."
1078msgstr ""
1079
1080#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1081#: apt-get.8.xml:496
1082msgid ""
1083"Only has meaning for the <literal>source</literal> and "
1084"<literal>build-dep</literal> commands. Indicates that the given source "
1085"names are not to be mapped through the binary table. This means that if "
1086"this option is specified, these commands will only accept source package "
1087"names as arguments, rather than accepting binary package names and looking "
1088"up the corresponding source package. Configuration Item: "
1089"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>."
1090msgstr ""
1091
1092#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1093#: apt-get.8.xml:507
1094msgid ""
1095"Download only the diff, dsc, or tar file of a source archive. Configuration "
1096"Item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, "
1097"<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, and "
1098"<literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>."
1099msgstr ""
1100
1101#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1102#: apt-get.8.xml:513
1103msgid ""
1104"Only process architecture-dependent build-dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1105"<literal>APT::Get::Arch-Only</literal>."
1106msgstr ""
1107
1108#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1109#: apt-get.8.xml:518
1110msgid ""
1111"Ignore if packages can't be authenticated and don't prompt about it. This "
1112"is useful for tools like pbuilder. Configuration Item: "
1113"<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>."
1114msgstr ""
1115
1116#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1117#: apt-get.8.xml:524
1118msgid ""
1119"Show user friendly progress information in the terminal window when packages "
1120"are installed, upgraded or removed. For a machine parsable version of this "
1121"data see README.progress-reporting in the apt doc directory. Configuration "
1122"Item: <literal>DpkgPM::Progress</literal> and "
1123"<literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>."
1124msgstr ""
1125
1126#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1127#: apt-get.8.xml:537 apt-cache.8.xml:345 apt-key.8.xml:176 apt-mark.8.xml:127 apt.conf.5.xml:1200 apt_preferences.5.xml:700
1128msgid "Files"
1129msgstr ""
1130
1131#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1132#: apt-get.8.xml:547 apt-cache.8.xml:352 apt-key.8.xml:197 apt-mark.8.xml:133 apt-secure.8.xml:193 apt-cdrom.8.xml:154 apt-config.8.xml:111 apt.conf.5.xml:1206 apt_preferences.5.xml:707 sources.list.5.xml:280 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:72 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:65 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:609
1133msgid "See Also"
1134msgstr ""
1135
1136#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1137#: apt-get.8.xml:548
1138msgid ""
1139"&apt-cache;, &apt-cdrom;, &dpkg;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, "
1140"&apt-secure;, The APT User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the "
1141"APT Howto."
1142msgstr ""
1143
1144#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1145#: apt-get.8.xml:553 apt-cache.8.xml:357 apt-mark.8.xml:137 apt-cdrom.8.xml:159 apt-config.8.xml:116 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:76 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:69 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:613
1146msgid "Diagnostics"
1147msgstr ""
1148
1149#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1150#: apt-get.8.xml:554
1151msgid ""
1152"<command>apt-get</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
1153"error."
1154msgstr ""
1155
1156#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1157#: apt-cache.8.xml:35
1158msgid "query the APT cache"
1159msgstr ""
1160
1161#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1162#: apt-cache.8.xml:41
1163msgid ""
1164"<command>apt-cache</command> performs a variety of operations on APT's "
1165"package cache. <command>apt-cache</command> does not manipulate the state of "
1166"the system but does provide operations to search and generate interesting "
1167"output from the package metadata."
1168msgstr ""
1169
1170#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1171#: apt-cache.8.xml:51
1172msgid ""
1173"<literal>gencaches</literal> creates APT's package cache. This is done "
1174"implicitly by all commands needing this cache if it is missing or outdated."
1175msgstr ""
1176
1177#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1178#: apt-cache.8.xml:55 apt-cache.8.xml:144 apt-cache.8.xml:165 apt-cache.8.xml:187 apt-cache.8.xml:192 apt-cache.8.xml:208 apt-cache.8.xml:226 apt-cache.8.xml:238
1179msgid "&synopsis-pkg;"
1180msgstr ""
1181
1182#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1183#: apt-cache.8.xml:56
1184msgid ""
1185"<literal>showpkg</literal> displays information about the packages listed on "
1186"the command line. Remaining arguments are package names. The available "
1187"versions and reverse dependencies of each package listed are listed, as well "
1188"as forward dependencies for each version. Forward (normal) dependencies are "
1189"those packages upon which the package in question depends; reverse "
1190"dependencies are those packages that depend upon the package in "
1191"question. Thus, forward dependencies must be satisfied for a package, but "
1192"reverse dependencies need not be. For instance, <command>apt-cache showpkg "
1193"libreadline2</command> would produce output similar to the following:"
1194msgstr ""
1195
1196#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
1197#: apt-cache.8.xml:68
1198#, no-wrap
1199msgid ""
1200"Package: libreadline2\n"
1201"Versions: 2.1-12(/var/state/apt/lists/foo_Packages),\n"
1202"Reverse Depends: \n"
1203" libreadlineg2,libreadline2\n"
1204" libreadline2-altdev,libreadline2\n"
1205"Dependencies:\n"
1206"2.1-12 - libc5 (2 5.4.0-0) ncurses3.0 (0 (null))\n"
1207"Provides:\n"
1208"2.1-12 - \n"
1209"Reverse Provides: \n"
1210msgstr ""
1211
1212#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1213#: apt-cache.8.xml:80
1214msgid ""
1215"Thus it may be seen that libreadline2, version 2.1-12, depends on libc5 and "
1216"ncurses3.0 which must be installed for libreadline2 to work. In turn, "
1217"libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev depend on libreadline2. If "
1218"libreadline2 is installed, libc5 and ncurses3.0 (and ldso) must also be "
1219"installed; libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev do not have to be "
1220"installed. For the specific meaning of the remainder of the output it is "
1221"best to consult the apt source code."
1222msgstr ""
1223
1224#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1225#: apt-cache.8.xml:89
1226msgid ""
1227"<literal>stats</literal> displays some statistics about the cache. No "
1228"further arguments are expected. Statistics reported are:"
1229msgstr ""
1230
1231#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1232#: apt-cache.8.xml:92
1233msgid ""
1234"<literal>Total package names</literal> is the number of package names found "
1235"in the cache."
1236msgstr ""
1237
1238#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1239#: apt-cache.8.xml:96
1240msgid ""
1241"<literal>Normal packages</literal> is the number of regular, ordinary "
1242"package names; these are packages that bear a one-to-one correspondence "
1243"between their names and the names used by other packages for them in "
1244"dependencies. The majority of packages fall into this category."
1245msgstr ""
1246
1247#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1248#: apt-cache.8.xml:102
1249msgid ""
1250"<literal>Pure virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1251"exist only as a virtual package name; that is, packages only \"provide\" the "
1252"virtual package name, and no package actually uses the name. For instance, "
1253"\"mail-transport-agent\" in the Debian system is a pure virtual package; "
1254"several packages provide \"mail-transport-agent\", but there is no package "
1255"named \"mail-transport-agent\"."
1256msgstr ""
1257
1258#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1259#: apt-cache.8.xml:110
1260msgid ""
1261"<literal>Single virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages with "
1262"only one package providing a particular virtual package. For example, in the "
1263"Debian system, \"X11-text-viewer\" is a virtual package, but only one "
1264"package, xless, provides \"X11-text-viewer\"."
1265msgstr ""
1266
1267#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1268#: apt-cache.8.xml:116
1269msgid ""
1270"<literal>Mixed virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1271"either provide a particular virtual package or have the virtual package name "
1272"as the package name. For instance, in the Debian system, \"debconf\" is both "
1273"an actual package, and provided by the debconf-tiny package."
1274msgstr ""
1275
1276#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1277#: apt-cache.8.xml:123
1278msgid ""
1279"<literal>Missing</literal> is the number of package names that were "
1280"referenced in a dependency but were not provided by any package. Missing "
1281"packages may be an evidence if a full distribution is not accessed, or if a "
1282"package (real or virtual) has been dropped from the distribution. Usually "
1283"they are referenced from Conflicts or Breaks statements."
1284msgstr ""
1285
1286#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1287#: apt-cache.8.xml:130
1288msgid ""
1289"<literal>Total distinct</literal> versions is the number of package versions "
1290"found in the cache; this value is therefore at least equal to the number of "
1291"total package names. If more than one distribution is being accessed (for "
1292"instance, \"stable\" and \"unstable\"), this value can be considerably "
1293"larger than the number of total package names."
1294msgstr ""
1295
1296#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1297#: apt-cache.8.xml:137
1298msgid ""
1299"<literal>Total dependencies</literal> is the number of dependency "
1300"relationships claimed by all of the packages in the cache."
1301msgstr ""
1302
1303#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1304#: apt-cache.8.xml:145
1305msgid ""
1306"<literal>showsrc</literal> displays all the source package records that "
1307"match the given package names. All versions are shown, as well as all "
1308"records that declare the name to be a binary package."
1309msgstr ""
1310
1311#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1312#: apt-cache.8.xml:151
1313msgid ""
1314"<literal>dump</literal> shows a short listing of every package in the "
1315"cache. It is primarily for debugging."
1316msgstr ""
1317
1318#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1319#: apt-cache.8.xml:156
1320msgid ""
1321"<literal>dumpavail</literal> prints out an available list to stdout. This is "
1322"suitable for use with &dpkg; and is used by the &dselect; method."
1323msgstr ""
1324
1325#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1326#: apt-cache.8.xml:161
1327msgid ""
1328"<literal>unmet</literal> displays a summary of all unmet dependencies in the "
1329"package cache."
1330msgstr ""
1331
1332#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1333#: apt-cache.8.xml:166
1334msgid ""
1335"<literal>show</literal> performs a function similar to <command>dpkg "
1336"--print-avail</command>; it displays the package records for the named "
1337"packages."
1338msgstr ""
1339
1340#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1341#: apt-cache.8.xml:171
1342msgid "&synopsis-regex;"
1343msgstr ""
1344
1345#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1346#: apt-cache.8.xml:172
1347msgid ""
1348"<literal>search</literal> performs a full text search on all available "
1349"package lists for the POSIX regex pattern given, see &regex;. It searches "
1350"the package names and the descriptions for an occurrence of the regular "
1351"expression and prints out the package name and the short description, "
1352"including virtual package names. If <option>--full</option> is given then "
1353"output identical to <literal>show</literal> is produced for each matched "
1354"package, and if <option>--names-only</option> is given then the long "
1355"description is not searched, only the package name is."
1356msgstr ""
1357
1358#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1359#: apt-cache.8.xml:183
1360msgid ""
1361"Separate arguments can be used to specify multiple search patterns that are "
1362"and'ed together."
1363msgstr ""
1364
1365#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1366#: apt-cache.8.xml:188
1367msgid ""
1368"<literal>depends</literal> shows a listing of each dependency a package has "
1369"and all the possible other packages that can fulfill that dependency."
1370msgstr ""
1371
1372#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1373#: apt-cache.8.xml:193
1374msgid ""
1375"<literal>rdepends</literal> shows a listing of each reverse dependency a "
1376"package has."
1377msgstr ""
1378
1379#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1380#: apt-cache.8.xml:197
1381msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-prefix;</replaceable></optional>"
1382msgstr ""
1383
1384#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1385#: apt-cache.8.xml:198
1386msgid ""
1387"This command prints the name of each package APT knows. The optional "
1388"argument is a prefix match to filter the name list. The output is suitable "
1389"for use in a shell tab complete function and the output is generated "
1390"extremely quickly. This command is best used with the "
1391"<option>--generate</option> option."
1392msgstr ""
1393
1394#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1395#: apt-cache.8.xml:203
1396msgid ""
1397"Note that a package which APT knows of is not necessarily available to "
1398"download, installable or installed, e.g. virtual packages are also listed in "
1399"the generated list."
1400msgstr ""
1401
1402#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1403#: apt-cache.8.xml:209
1404msgid ""
1405"<literal>dotty</literal> takes a list of packages on the command line and "
1406"generates output suitable for use by dotty from the <ulink "
1407"url=\"http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz/\">GraphViz</ulink> "
1408"package. The result will be a set of nodes and edges representing the "
1409"relationships between the packages. By default the given packages will trace "
1410"out all dependent packages; this can produce a very large graph. To limit "
1411"the output to only the packages listed on the command line, set the "
1412"<literal>APT::Cache::GivenOnly</literal> option."
1413msgstr ""
1414
1415#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1416#: apt-cache.8.xml:218
1417msgid ""
1418"The resulting nodes will have several shapes; normal packages are boxes, "
1419"pure virtual packages are triangles, mixed virtual packages are diamonds, "
1420"missing packages are hexagons. Orange boxes mean recursion was stopped (leaf "
1421"packages), blue lines are pre-depends, green lines are conflicts."
1422msgstr ""
1423
1424#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1425#: apt-cache.8.xml:223
1426msgid "Caution, dotty cannot graph larger sets of packages."
1427msgstr ""
1428
1429#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1430#: apt-cache.8.xml:227
1431msgid ""
1432"The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink "
1433"url=\"http://rw4.cs.uni-sb.de/users/sander/html/gsvcg1.html\">VCG "
1434"tool</ulink>."
1435msgstr ""
1436
1437#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1438#: apt-cache.8.xml:231
1439msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-pkg;</replaceable>…</optional>"
1440msgstr ""
1441
1442#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1443#: apt-cache.8.xml:232
1444msgid ""
1445"<literal>policy</literal> is meant to help debug issues relating to the "
1446"preferences file. With no arguments it will print out the priorities of each "
1447"source. Otherwise it prints out detailed information about the priority "
1448"selection of the named package."
1449msgstr ""
1450
1451#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1452#: apt-cache.8.xml:239
1453msgid ""
1454"<literal>apt-cache</literal>'s <literal>madison</literal> command attempts "
1455"to mimic the output format and a subset of the functionality of the Debian "
1456"archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available "
1457"versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original "
1458"<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the "
1459"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists "
1460"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)."
1461msgstr ""
1462
1463#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1464#: apt-cache.8.xml:255
1465msgid ""
1466"Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary "
1467"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: "
1468"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>."
1469msgstr ""
1470
1471#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1472#: apt-cache.8.xml:261
1473msgid ""
1474"Select the file to store the source cache. The source is used only by "
1475"<literal>gencaches</literal> and it stores a parsed version of the package "
1476"information from remote sources. When building the package cache the source "
1477"cache is used to avoid reparsing all of the package files. Configuration "
1478"Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>."
1479msgstr ""
1480
1481#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1482#: apt-cache.8.xml:269
1483msgid ""
1484"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1485"More q's will produce more quietness up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1486"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quietness level, overriding the "
1487"configuration file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
1488msgstr ""
1489
1490#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1491#: apt-cache.8.xml:276
1492msgid ""
1493"Print only important dependencies; for use with <literal>unmet</literal> and "
1494"<literal>depends</literal>. Causes only Depends and Pre-Depends relations to "
1495"be printed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>."
1496msgstr ""
1497
1498#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1499#: apt-cache.8.xml:290
1500msgid ""
1501"Per default the <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> "
1502"print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit "
1503"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: "
1504"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> "
1505"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>."
1506msgstr ""
1507
1508#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1509#: apt-cache.8.xml:297
1510msgid ""
1511"Print full package records when searching. Configuration Item: "
1512"<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>."
1513msgstr ""
1514
1515#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1516#: apt-cache.8.xml:302
1517msgid ""
1518"Print full records for all available versions. This is the default; to turn "
1519"it off, use <option>--no-all-versions</option>. If "
1520"<option>--no-all-versions</option> is specified, only the candidate version "
1521"will be displayed (the one which would be selected for installation). This "
1522"option is only applicable to the <literal>show</literal> command. "
1523"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>."
1524msgstr ""
1525
1526#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1527#: apt-cache.8.xml:311
1528msgid ""
1529"Perform automatic package cache regeneration, rather than use the cache as "
1530"it is. This is the default; to turn it off, use "
1531"<option>--no-generate</option>. Configuration Item: "
1532"<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>."
1533msgstr ""
1534
1535#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1536#: apt-cache.8.xml:317
1537msgid ""
1538"Only search on the package names, not the long descriptions. Configuration "
1539"Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>."
1540msgstr ""
1541
1542#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1543#: apt-cache.8.xml:322
1544msgid ""
1545"Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages "
1546"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1547"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>."
1548msgstr ""
1549
1550#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1551#: apt-cache.8.xml:328
1552msgid ""
1553"Make <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> recursive so "
1554"that all packages mentioned are printed once. Configuration Item: "
1555"<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>."
1556msgstr ""
1557
1558#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1559#: apt-cache.8.xml:335
1560msgid ""
1561"Limit the output of <literal>depends</literal> and "
1562"<literal>rdepends</literal> to packages which are currently installed. "
1563"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>."
1564msgstr ""
1565
1566#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1567#: apt-cache.8.xml:353
1568msgid "&apt-conf;, &sources-list;, &apt-get;"
1569msgstr ""
1570
1571#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1572#: apt-cache.8.xml:358
1573msgid ""
1574"<command>apt-cache</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
1575"on error."
1576msgstr ""
1577
1578#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1579#: apt-key.8.xml:34
1580msgid "APT key management utility"
1581msgstr ""
1582
1583#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1584#: apt-key.8.xml:41
1585msgid ""
1586"<command>apt-key</command> is used to manage the list of keys used by apt to "
1587"authenticate packages. Packages which have been authenticated using these "
1588"keys will be considered trusted."
1589msgstr ""
1590
1591#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1592#: apt-key.8.xml:47
1593msgid "Commands"
1594msgstr ""
1595
1596#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1597#: apt-key.8.xml:52
1598msgid ""
1599"Add a new key to the list of trusted keys. The key is read from the "
1600"filename given with the parameter &synopsis-param-filename; or if the "
1601"filename is <literal>-</literal> from standard input."
1602msgstr ""
1603
1604#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1605#: apt-key.8.xml:65
1606msgid "Remove a key from the list of trusted keys."
1607msgstr ""
1608
1609#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1610#: apt-key.8.xml:76
1611msgid "Output the key &synopsis-param-keyid; to standard output."
1612msgstr ""
1613
1614#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1615#: apt-key.8.xml:87
1616msgid "Output all trusted keys to standard output."
1617msgstr ""
1618
1619#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1620#: apt-key.8.xml:98
1621msgid "List trusted keys."
1622msgstr ""
1623
1624#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1625#: apt-key.8.xml:109
1626msgid "List fingerprints of trusted keys."
1627msgstr ""
1628
1629#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1630#: apt-key.8.xml:120
1631msgid ""
1632"Pass advanced options to gpg. With adv --recv-key you can download the "
1633"public key."
1634msgstr ""
1635
1636#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1637#: apt-key.8.xml:132
1638msgid ""
1639"Update the local keyring with the archive keyring and remove from the local "
1640"keyring the archive keys which are no longer valid. The archive keyring is "
1641"shipped in the <literal>archive-keyring</literal> package of your "
1642"distribution, e.g. the &keyring-package; package in &keyring-distro;."
1643msgstr ""
1644
1645#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1646#: apt-key.8.xml:146
1647msgid ""
1648"Perform an update working similarly to the <command>update</command> command "
1649"above, but get the archive keyring from a URI instead and validate it "
1650"against a master key. This requires an installed &wget; and an APT build "
1651"configured to have a server to fetch from and a master keyring to validate. "
1652"APT in Debian does not support this command, relying on "
1653"<command>update</command> instead, but Ubuntu's APT does."
1654msgstr ""
1655
1656#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1657#: apt-key.8.xml:162 apt-cdrom.8.xml:82
1658msgid "Options"
1659msgstr ""
1660
1661#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1662#: apt-key.8.xml:163
1663msgid ""
1664"Note that options need to be defined before the commands described in the "
1665"previous section."
1666msgstr ""
1667
1668#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1669#: apt-key.8.xml:166
1670msgid ""
1671"With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the "
1672"command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on the "
1673"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the "
1674"<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though "
1675"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that "
1676"e.g. new keys are added to this one."
1677msgstr ""
1678
1679#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1680#: apt-key.8.xml:181
1681msgid "<filename>/etc/apt/trustdb.gpg</filename>"
1682msgstr ""
1683
1684#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1685#: apt-key.8.xml:182
1686msgid "Local trust database of archive keys."
1687msgstr ""
1688
1689#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1690#: apt-key.8.xml:185
1691msgid "&keyring-filename;"
1692msgstr ""
1693
1694#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1695#: apt-key.8.xml:186
1696msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive trusted keys."
1697msgstr ""
1698
1699#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1700#: apt-key.8.xml:189
1701msgid "&keyring-removed-filename;"
1702msgstr ""
1703
1704#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1705#: apt-key.8.xml:190
1706msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive removed trusted keys."
1707msgstr ""
1708
1709#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1710#: apt-key.8.xml:199
1711msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-secure;"
1712msgstr ""
1713
1714#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1715#: apt-mark.8.xml:35
1716msgid "mark/unmark a package as being automatically-installed"
1717msgstr ""
1718
1719#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1720#: apt-mark.8.xml:41
1721msgid ""
1722"<command>apt-mark</command> will change whether a package has been marked as "
1723"being automatically installed."
1724msgstr ""
1725
1726#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1727#: apt-mark.8.xml:45
1728msgid ""
1729"When you request that a package is installed, and as a result other packages "
1730"are installed to satisfy its dependencies, the dependencies are marked as "
1731"being automatically installed. Once these automatically installed packages "
1732"are no longer depended on by any manually installed packages, they will be "
1733"removed by e.g. <command>apt-get</command> or <command>aptitude</command>."
1734msgstr ""
1735
1736#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1737#: apt-mark.8.xml:54
1738msgid ""
1739"<literal>auto</literal> is used to mark a package as being automatically "
1740"installed, which will cause the package to be removed when no more manually "
1741"installed packages depend on this package."
1742msgstr ""
1743
1744#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1745#: apt-mark.8.xml:62
1746msgid ""
1747"<literal>manual</literal> is used to mark a package as being manually "
1748"installed, which will prevent the package from being automatically removed "
1749"if no other packages depend on it."
1750msgstr ""
1751
1752#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1753#: apt-mark.8.xml:70
1754msgid ""
1755"<literal>hold</literal> is used to mark a package as held back, which will "
1756"prevent the package from being automatically installed, upgraded or "
1757"removed. The command is only a wrapper around <command>dpkg "
1758"--set-selections</command> and the state is therefore maintained by &dpkg; "
1759"and not affected by the <option>--file</option> option."
1760msgstr ""
1761
1762#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1763#: apt-mark.8.xml:80
1764msgid ""
1765"<literal>unhold</literal> is used to cancel a previously set hold on a "
1766"package to allow all actions again."
1767msgstr ""
1768
1769#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1770#: apt-mark.8.xml:86
1771msgid ""
1772"<literal>showauto</literal> is used to print a list of automatically "
1773"installed packages with each package on a new line. All automatically "
1774"installed packages will be listed if no package is given. If packages are "
1775"given only those which are automatically installed will be shown."
1776msgstr ""
1777
1778#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1779#: apt-mark.8.xml:94
1780msgid ""
1781"<literal>showmanual</literal> can be used in the same way as "
1782"<literal>showauto</literal> except that it will print a list of manually "
1783"installed packages instead."
1784msgstr ""
1785
1786#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1787#: apt-mark.8.xml:101
1788msgid ""
1789"<literal>showhold</literal> is used to print a list of packages on hold in "
1790"the same way as for the other show commands."
1791msgstr ""
1792
1793#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1794#: apt-mark.8.xml:117
1795msgid ""
1796"Read/Write package stats from the filename given with the parameter "
1797"&synopsis-param-filename; instead of from the default location, which is "
1798"<filename>extended_status</filename> in the directory defined by the "
1799"Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State</literal>."
1800msgstr ""
1801
1802#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1803#: apt-mark.8.xml:138
1804msgid ""
1805"<command>apt-mark</command> returns zero on normal operation, non-zero on "
1806"error."
1807msgstr ""
1808
1809#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1810#: apt-secure.8.xml:49
1811msgid "Archive authentication support for APT"
1812msgstr ""
1813
1814#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1815#: apt-secure.8.xml:54
1816msgid ""
1817"Starting with version 0.6, <command>apt</command> contains code that does "
1818"signature checking of the Release file for all archives. This ensures that "
1819"packages in the archive can't be modified by people who have no access to "
1820"the Release file signing key."
1821msgstr ""
1822
1823#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1824#: apt-secure.8.xml:62
1825msgid ""
1826"If a package comes from a archive without a signature, or with a signature "
1827"that apt does not have a key for, that package is considered untrusted, and "
1828"installing it will result in a big warning. <command>apt-get</command> will "
1829"currently only warn for unsigned archives; future releases might force all "
1830"sources to be verified before downloading packages from them."
1831msgstr ""
1832
1833#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1834#: apt-secure.8.xml:71
1835msgid ""
1836"The package frontends &apt-get;, &aptitude; and &synaptic; support this new "
1837"authentication feature."
1838msgstr ""
1839
1840#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1841#: apt-secure.8.xml:76
1842msgid "Trusted archives"
1843msgstr ""
1844
1845#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1846#: apt-secure.8.xml:79
1847msgid ""
1848"The chain of trust from an apt archive to the end user is made up of several "
1849"steps. <command>apt-secure</command> is the last step in this chain; "
1850"trusting an archive does not mean that you trust its packages not to contain "
1851"malicious code, but means that you trust the archive maintainer. It's the "
1852"archive maintainer's responsibility to ensure that the archive's integrity "
1853"is preserved."
1854msgstr ""
1855
1856#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1857#: apt-secure.8.xml:87
1858msgid ""
1859"apt-secure does not review signatures at a package level. If you require "
1860"tools to do this you should look at <command>debsig-verify</command> and "
1861"<command>debsign</command> (provided in the debsig-verify and devscripts "
1862"packages respectively)."
1863msgstr ""
1864
1865#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1866#: apt-secure.8.xml:94
1867msgid ""
1868"The chain of trust in Debian starts when a maintainer uploads a new package "
1869"or a new version of a package to the Debian archive. In order to become "
1870"effective, this upload needs to be signed by a key contained in the Debian "
1871"Maintainers keyring (available in the debian-keyring package). Maintainers' "
1872"keys are signed by other maintainers following pre-established procedures to "
1873"ensure the identity of the key holder."
1874msgstr ""
1875
1876#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1877#: apt-secure.8.xml:104
1878msgid ""
1879"Once the uploaded package is verified and included in the archive, the "
1880"maintainer signature is stripped off, and checksums of the package are "
1881"computed and put in the Packages file. The checksums of all of the Packages "
1882"files are then computed and put into the Release file. The Release file is "
1883"then signed by the archive key for this &keyring-distro; release, and "
1884"distributed alongside the packages and the Packages files on "
1885"&keyring-distro; mirrors. The keys are in the &keyring-distro; archive "
1886"keyring available in the &keyring-package; package."
1887msgstr ""
1888
1889#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1890#: apt-secure.8.xml:115
1891msgid ""
1892"End users can check the signature of the Release file, extract a checksum of "
1893"a package from it and compare it with the checksum of the package they "
1894"downloaded by hand - or rely on APT doing this automatically."
1895msgstr ""
1896
1897#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1898#: apt-secure.8.xml:120
1899msgid ""
1900"Notice that this is distinct from checking signatures on a per package "
1901"basis. It is designed to prevent two possible attacks:"
1902msgstr ""
1903
1904#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1905#: apt-secure.8.xml:125
1906msgid ""
1907"<literal>Network \"man in the middle\" attacks</literal>. Without signature "
1908"checking, malicious agents can introduce themselves into the package "
1909"download process and provide malicious software either by controlling a "
1910"network element (router, switch, etc.) or by redirecting traffic to a rogue "
1911"server (through ARP or DNS spoofing attacks)."
1912msgstr ""
1913
1914#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1915#: apt-secure.8.xml:133
1916msgid ""
1917"<literal>Mirror network compromise</literal>. Without signature checking, a "
1918"malicious agent can compromise a mirror host and modify the files in it to "
1919"propagate malicious software to all users downloading packages from that "
1920"host."
1921msgstr ""
1922
1923#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1924#: apt-secure.8.xml:140
1925msgid ""
1926"However, it does not defend against a compromise of the Debian master server "
1927"itself (which signs the packages) or against a compromise of the key used to "
1928"sign the Release files. In any case, this mechanism can complement a "
1929"per-package signature."
1930msgstr ""
1931
1932#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1933#: apt-secure.8.xml:146
1934msgid "User configuration"
1935msgstr ""
1936
1937#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1938#: apt-secure.8.xml:148
1939msgid ""
1940"<command>apt-key</command> is the program that manages the list of keys used "
1941"by apt. It can be used to add or remove keys, although an installation of "
1942"this release will automatically contain the default Debian archive signing "
1943"keys used in the Debian package repositories."
1944msgstr ""
1945
1946#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1947#: apt-secure.8.xml:155
1948msgid ""
1949"In order to add a new key you need to first download it (you should make "
1950"sure you are using a trusted communication channel when retrieving it), add "
1951"it with <command>apt-key</command> and then run <command>apt-get "
1952"update</command> so that apt can download and verify the "
1953"<filename>InRelease</filename> or <filename>Release.gpg</filename> files "
1954"from the archives you have configured."
1955msgstr ""
1956
1957#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1958#: apt-secure.8.xml:164
1959msgid "Archive configuration"
1960msgstr ""
1961
1962#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1963#: apt-secure.8.xml:166
1964msgid ""
1965"If you want to provide archive signatures in an archive under your "
1966"maintenance you have to:"
1967msgstr ""
1968
1969#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1970#: apt-secure.8.xml:171
1971msgid ""
1972"<emphasis>Create a toplevel Release file</emphasis>, if it does not exist "
1973"already. You can do this by running <command>apt-ftparchive "
1974"release</command> (provided in apt-utils)."
1975msgstr ""
1976
1977#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1978#: apt-secure.8.xml:176
1979msgid ""
1980"<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg "
1981"--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o "
1982"Release.gpg Release</command>."
1983msgstr ""
1984
1985#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1986#: apt-secure.8.xml:180
1987msgid ""
1988"<emphasis>Publish the key fingerprint</emphasis>, that way your users will "
1989"know what key they need to import in order to authenticate the files in the "
1990"archive."
1991msgstr ""
1992
1993#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1994#: apt-secure.8.xml:187
1995msgid ""
1996"Whenever the contents of the archive change (new packages are added or "
1997"removed) the archive maintainer has to follow the first two steps outlined "
1998"above."
1999msgstr ""
2000
2001#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2002#: apt-secure.8.xml:195
2003msgid ""
2004"&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;, &apt-key;, &apt-ftparchive;, "
2005"&debsign; &debsig-verify;, &gpg;"
2006msgstr ""
2007
2008#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2009#: apt-secure.8.xml:199
2010msgid ""
2011"For more background information you might want to review the <ulink "
2012"url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/ch7\">Debian "
2013"Security Infrastructure</ulink> chapter of the Securing Debian Manual "
2014"(available also in the harden-doc package) and the <ulink "
2015"url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong "
2016"Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen."
2017msgstr ""
2018
2019#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2020#: apt-secure.8.xml:212
2021msgid "Manpage Authors"
2022msgstr ""
2023
2024#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2025#: apt-secure.8.xml:214
2026msgid ""
2027"This man-page is based on the work of Javier Fernández-Sanguino Peña, Isaac "
2028"Jones, Colin Walters, Florian Weimer and Michael Vogt."
2029msgstr ""
2030
2031#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2032#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:34
2033msgid "APT CD-ROM management utility"
2034msgstr ""
2035
2036#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2037#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:40
2038msgid ""
2039"<command>apt-cdrom</command> is used to add a new CD-ROM to APT's list of "
2040"available sources. <command>apt-cdrom</command> takes care of determining "
2041"the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible "
2042"mis-burns and verifying the index files."
2043msgstr ""
2044
2045#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2046#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:47
2047msgid ""
2048"It is necessary to use <command>apt-cdrom</command> to add CDs to the APT "
2049"system; it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disc in a multi-CD set "
2050"must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
2051msgstr ""
2052
2053#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2054#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:58
2055msgid ""
2056"<literal>add</literal> is used to add a new disc to the source list. It will "
2057"unmount the CD-ROM device, prompt for a disc to be inserted and then proceed "
2058"to scan it and copy the index files. If the disc does not have a proper "
2059"<filename>.disk</filename> directory you will be prompted for a descriptive "
2060"title."
2061msgstr ""
2062
2063#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2064#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:66
2065msgid ""
2066"APT uses a CD-ROM ID to track which disc is currently in the drive and "
2067"maintains a database of these IDs in "
2068"<filename>&statedir;/cdroms.list</filename>"
2069msgstr ""
2070
2071#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2072#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:74
2073msgid ""
2074"A debugging tool to report the identity of the current disc as well as the "
2075"stored file name"
2076msgstr ""
2077
2078#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2079#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:87
2080msgid ""
2081"Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the "
2082"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: "
2083"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>."
2084msgstr ""
2085
2086#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2087#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:95
2088msgid ""
2089"Mount point; specify the location to mount the CD-ROM. This mount point must "
2090"be listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and properly configured. "
2091"Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>."
2092msgstr ""
2093
2094#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2095#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:104
2096msgid ""
2097"Rename a disc; change the label of a disc or override the disc's given "
2098"label. This option will cause <command>apt-cdrom</command> to prompt for a "
2099"new label. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>."
2100msgstr ""
2101
2102#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2103#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:113
2104msgid ""
2105"No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and "
2106"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: "
2107"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>."
2108msgstr ""
2109
2110#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2111#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:121
2112msgid ""
2113"Fast Copy; Assume the package files are valid and do not check every "
2114"package. This option should be used only if <command>apt-cdrom</command> has "
2115"been run on this disc before and did not detect any errors. Configuration "
2116"Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Fast</literal>."
2117msgstr ""
2118
2119#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2120#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:131
2121msgid ""
2122"Thorough Package Scan; This option may be needed with some old Debian "
2123"1.1/1.2 discs that have Package files in strange places. It takes much "
2124"longer to scan the CD but will pick them all up."
2125msgstr ""
2126
2127#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2128#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:142
2129msgid ""
2130"No Changes; Do not change the &sources-list; file and do not write index "
2131"files. Everything is still checked however. Configuration Item: "
2132"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>."
2133msgstr ""
2134
2135#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2136#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:155
2137msgid "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;"
2138msgstr ""
2139
2140#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2141#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:160
2142msgid ""
2143"<command>apt-cdrom</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2144"on error."
2145msgstr ""
2146
2147#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2148#: apt-config.8.xml:35
2149msgid "APT Configuration Query program"
2150msgstr ""
2151
2152#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2153#: apt-config.8.xml:41
2154msgid ""
2155"<command>apt-config</command> is an internal program used by various "
2156"portions of the APT suite to provide consistent configurability. It accesses "
2157"the main configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> in a "
2158"manner that is easy to use for scripted applications."
2159msgstr ""
2160
2161#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2162#: apt-config.8.xml:53
2163msgid ""
2164"shell is used to access the configuration information from a shell "
2165"script. It is given pairs of arguments, the first being a shell variable and "
2166"the second the configuration value to query. As output it lists shell "
2167"assignment commands for each value present. In a shell script it should be "
2168"used as follows:"
2169msgstr ""
2170
2171#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
2172#: apt-config.8.xml:61
2173#, no-wrap
2174msgid ""
2175"OPTS=\"-f\"\n"
2176"RES=`apt-config shell OPTS MyApp::options`\n"
2177"eval $RES\n"
2178msgstr ""
2179
2180#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2181#: apt-config.8.xml:66
2182msgid ""
2183"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of "
2184"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>."
2185msgstr ""
2186
2187#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2188#: apt-config.8.xml:70
2189msgid ""
2190"The configuration item may be postfixed with a /[fdbi]. f returns file "
2191"names, d returns directories, b returns true or false and i returns an "
2192"integer. Each of the returns is normalized and verified internally."
2193msgstr ""
2194
2195#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2196#: apt-config.8.xml:79
2197msgid "Just show the contents of the configuration space."
2198msgstr ""
2199
2200#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2201#: apt-config.8.xml:92
2202msgid ""
2203"Include options which have an empty value. This is the default, so use "
2204"--no-empty to remove them from the output."
2205msgstr ""
2206
2207#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
2208#: apt-config.8.xml:97
2209msgid "&percnt;f &#x0022;&percnt;v&#x0022;;&percnt;n"
2210msgstr ""
2211
2212#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2213#: apt-config.8.xml:98
2214msgid ""
2215"Defines the output of each config option. &percnt;t will be replaced with "
2216"its individual name, &percnt;f with its full hierarchical name and &percnt;v "
2217"with its value. Use uppercase letters and special characters in the value "
2218"will be encoded to ensure that it can e.g. be safely used in a quoted-string "
2219"as defined by RFC822. Additionally &percnt;n will be replaced by a newline, "
2220"and &percnt;N by a tab. A &percnt; can be printed by using &percnt;&percnt;."
2221msgstr ""
2222
2223#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2224#: apt-config.8.xml:112 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:73 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:66 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:610
2225msgid "&apt-conf;"
2226msgstr ""
2227
2228#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2229#: apt-config.8.xml:117
2230msgid ""
2231"<command>apt-config</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2232"on error."
2233msgstr ""
2234
2235#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><contrib>
2236#: apt.conf.5.xml:22
2237msgid "Initial documentation of Debug::*."
2238msgstr ""
2239
2240#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><email>
2241#: apt.conf.5.xml:23
2242msgid "dburrows@debian.org"
2243msgstr ""
2244
2245#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
2246#: apt.conf.5.xml:33 apt_preferences.5.xml:27 sources.list.5.xml:28
2247msgid "5"
2248msgstr ""
2249
2250#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2251#: apt.conf.5.xml:40
2252msgid "Configuration file for APT"
2253msgstr ""
2254
2255#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2256#: apt.conf.5.xml:44
2257msgid ""
2258"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> is the main configuration file shared "
2259"by all the tools in the APT suite of tools, though it is by no means the "
2260"only place options can be set. The suite also shares a common command line "
2261"parser to provide a uniform environment."
2262msgstr ""
2263
2264#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><para>
2265#: apt.conf.5.xml:50
2266msgid ""
2267"When an APT tool starts up it will read the configuration files in the "
2268"following order:"
2269msgstr ""
2270
2271#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2272#: apt.conf.5.xml:52
2273msgid ""
2274"the file specified by the <envar>APT_CONFIG</envar> environment variable (if "
2275"any)"
2276msgstr ""
2277
2278#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2279#: apt.conf.5.xml:54
2280msgid ""
2281"all files in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in alphanumeric ascending "
2282"order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename "
2283"extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) "
2284"and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has "
2285"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
2286"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
2287"case it will be silently ignored."
2288msgstr ""
2289
2290#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2291#: apt.conf.5.xml:61
2292msgid "the main configuration file specified by <literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>"
2293msgstr ""
2294
2295#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2296#: apt.conf.5.xml:63
2297msgid ""
2298"the command line options are applied to override the configuration "
2299"directives or to load even more configuration files."
2300msgstr ""
2301
2302#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2303#: apt.conf.5.xml:67
2304msgid "Syntax"
2305msgstr ""
2306
2307#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2308#: apt.conf.5.xml:68
2309msgid ""
2310"The configuration file is organized in a tree with options organized into "
2311"functional groups. Option specification is given with a double colon "
2312"notation; for instance <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> is an option "
2313"within the APT tool group, for the Get tool. Options do not inherit from "
2314"their parent groups."
2315msgstr ""
2316
2317#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2318#: apt.conf.5.xml:74
2319msgid ""
2320"Syntactically the configuration language is modeled after what the ISC tools "
2321"such as bind and dhcp use. Lines starting with <literal>//</literal> are "
2322"treated as comments (ignored), as well as all text between "
2323"<literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</literal>, just like C/C++ comments. "
2324"Each line is of the form <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. "
2325"The quotation marks and trailing semicolon are required. The value must be "
2326"on one line, and there is no kind of string concatenation. Values must not "
2327"include backslashes or extra quotation marks. Option names are made up of "
2328"alphanumeric characters and the characters \"/-:._+\". A new scope can be "
2329"opened with curly braces, like this:"
2330msgstr ""
2331
2332#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2333#: apt.conf.5.xml:87
2334#, no-wrap
2335msgid ""
2336"APT {\n"
2337" Get {\n"
2338" Assume-Yes \"true\";\n"
2339" Fix-Broken \"true\";\n"
2340" };\n"
2341"};\n"
2342msgstr ""
2343
2344#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2345#: apt.conf.5.xml:95
2346msgid ""
2347"with newlines placed to make it more readable. Lists can be created by "
2348"opening a scope and including a single string enclosed in quotes followed by "
2349"a semicolon. Multiple entries can be included, separated by a semicolon."
2350msgstr ""
2351
2352#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2353#: apt.conf.5.xml:100
2354#, no-wrap
2355msgid "DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs {\"/usr/sbin/dpkg-preconfigure --apt\";};\n"
2356msgstr ""
2357
2358#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2359#: apt.conf.5.xml:103
2360msgid ""
2361"In general the sample configuration file &configureindex; is a good guide "
2362"for how it should look."
2363msgstr ""
2364
2365#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2366#: apt.conf.5.xml:106
2367msgid ""
2368"Case is not significant in names of configuration items, so in the previous "
2369"example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>."
2370msgstr ""
2371
2372#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2373#: apt.conf.5.xml:109
2374msgid ""
2375"Names for the configuration items are optional if a list is defined as can "
2376"be seen in the <literal>DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs</literal> example above. If "
2377"you don't specify a name a new entry will simply add a new option to the "
2378"list. If you specify a name you can override the option in the same way as "
2379"any other option by reassigning a new value to the option."
2380msgstr ""
2381
2382#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2383#: apt.conf.5.xml:114
2384msgid ""
2385"Two special commands are defined: <literal>#include</literal> (which is "
2386"deprecated and not supported by alternative implementations) and "
2387"<literal>#clear</literal>. <literal>#include</literal> will include the "
2388"given file, unless the filename ends in a slash, in which case the whole "
2389"directory is included. <literal>#clear</literal> is used to erase a part of "
2390"the configuration tree. The specified element and all its descendants are "
2391"erased. (Note that these lines also need to end with a semicolon.)"
2392msgstr ""
2393
2394#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2395#: apt.conf.5.xml:124
2396msgid ""
2397"The <literal>#clear</literal> command is the only way to delete a list or a "
2398"complete scope. Reopening a scope (or using the syntax described below with "
2399"an appended <literal>::</literal>) will <emphasis>not</emphasis> override "
2400"previously written entries. Options can only be overridden by addressing a "
2401"new value to them - lists and scopes can't be overridden, only cleared."
2402msgstr ""
2403
2404#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2405#: apt.conf.5.xml:132
2406msgid ""
2407"All of the APT tools take an -o option which allows an arbitrary "
2408"configuration directive to be specified on the command line. The syntax is a "
2409"full option name (<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> for instance) "
2410"followed by an equals sign then the new value of the option. To append a new "
2411"element to a list, add a trailing <literal>::</literal> to the name of the "
2412"list. (As you might suspect, the scope syntax can't be used on the command "
2413"line.)"
2414msgstr ""
2415
2416#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2417#: apt.conf.5.xml:140
2418msgid ""
2419"Note that appending items to a list using <literal>::</literal> only works "
2420"for one item per line, and that you should not use it in combination with "
2421"the scope syntax (which adds <literal>::</literal> implicitly). Using both "
2422"syntaxes together will trigger a bug which some users unfortunately depend "
2423"on: an option with the unusual name \"<literal>::</literal>\" which acts "
2424"like every other option with a name. This introduces many problems; for one "
2425"thing, users who write multiple lines in this <emphasis>wrong</emphasis> "
2426"syntax in the hope of appending to a list will achieve the opposite, as only "
2427"the last assignment for this option \"<literal>::</literal>\" will be "
2428"used. Future versions of APT will raise errors and stop working if they "
2429"encounter this misuse, so please correct such statements now while APT "
2430"doesn't explicitly complain about them."
2431msgstr ""
2432
2433#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2434#: apt.conf.5.xml:155
2435msgid "The APT Group"
2436msgstr ""
2437
2438#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2439#: apt.conf.5.xml:156
2440msgid ""
2441"This group of options controls general APT behavior as well as holding the "
2442"options for all of the tools."
2443msgstr ""
2444
2445#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2446#: apt.conf.5.xml:161
2447msgid ""
2448"System Architecture; sets the architecture to use when fetching files and "
2449"parsing package lists. The internal default is the architecture apt was "
2450"compiled for."
2451msgstr ""
2452
2453#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2454#: apt.conf.5.xml:168
2455msgid ""
2456"All Architectures the system supports. For instance, CPUs implementing the "
2457"<literal>amd64</literal> (also called <literal>x86-64</literal>) "
2458"instruction set are also able to execute binaries compiled for the "
2459"<literal>i386</literal> (<literal>x86</literal>) instruction set. This list "
2460"is used when fetching files and parsing package lists. The initial default "
2461"is always the system's native architecture "
2462"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>), and foreign architectures are added "
2463"to the default list when they are registered via <command>dpkg "
2464"--add-architecture</command>."
2465msgstr ""
2466
2467#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2468#: apt.conf.5.xml:181
2469msgid ""
2470"Default release to install packages from if more than one version is "
2471"available. Contains release name, codename or release version. Examples: "
2472"'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', '&stable-codename;', '&testing-codename;', "
2473"'4.0', '5.0*'. See also &apt-preferences;."
2474msgstr ""
2475
2476#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2477#: apt.conf.5.xml:187
2478msgid ""
2479"Ignore held packages; this global option causes the problem resolver to "
2480"ignore held packages in its decision making."
2481msgstr ""
2482
2483#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2484#: apt.conf.5.xml:192
2485msgid ""
2486"Defaults to on. When turned on the autoclean feature will remove any "
2487"packages which can no longer be downloaded from the cache. If turned off "
2488"then packages that are locally installed are also excluded from cleaning - "
2489"but note that APT provides no direct means to reinstall them."
2490msgstr ""
2491
2492#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2493#: apt.conf.5.xml:200
2494msgid ""
2495"Defaults to on, which will cause APT to install essential and important "
2496"packages as soon as possible in an install/upgrade operation, in order to "
2497"limit the effect of a failing &dpkg; call. If this option is disabled, APT "
2498"treats an important package in the same way as an extra package: between the "
2499"unpacking of the package A and its configuration there can be many other "
2500"unpack or configuration calls for other unrelated packages B, C etc. If "
2501"these cause the &dpkg; call to fail (e.g. because package B's maintainer "
2502"scripts generate an error), this results in a system state in which package "
2503"A is unpacked but unconfigured - so any package depending on A is now no "
2504"longer guaranteed to work, as its dependency on A is no longer satisfied."
2505msgstr ""
2506
2507#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2508#: apt.conf.5.xml:212
2509msgid ""
2510"The immediate configuration marker is also applied in the potentially "
2511"problematic case of circular dependencies, since a dependency with the "
2512"immediate flag is equivalent to a Pre-Dependency. In theory this allows APT "
2513"to recognise a situation in which it is unable to perform immediate "
2514"configuration, abort, and suggest to the user that the option should be "
2515"temporarily deactivated in order to allow the operation to proceed. Note "
2516"the use of the word \"theory\" here; in the real world this problem has "
2517"rarely been encountered, in non-stable distribution versions, and was caused "
2518"by wrong dependencies of the package in question or by a system in an "
2519"already broken state; so you should not blindly disable this option, as the "
2520"scenario mentioned above is not the only problem it can help to prevent in "
2521"the first place."
2522msgstr ""
2523
2524#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2525#: apt.conf.5.xml:225
2526msgid ""
2527"Before a big operation like <literal>dist-upgrade</literal> is run with this "
2528"option disabled you should try to explicitly <literal>install</literal> the "
2529"package APT is unable to configure immediately; but please make sure you "
2530"also report your problem to your distribution and to the APT team with the "
2531"buglink below, so they can work on improving or correcting the upgrade "
2532"process."
2533msgstr ""
2534
2535#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2536#: apt.conf.5.xml:236
2537msgid ""
2538"Never enable this option unless you <emphasis>really</emphasis> know what "
2539"you are doing. It permits APT to temporarily remove an essential package to "
2540"break a Conflicts/Conflicts or Conflicts/Pre-Depends loop between two "
2541"essential packages. <emphasis>Such a loop should never exist and is a grave "
2542"bug</emphasis>. This option will work if the essential packages are not "
2543"<command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, <command>libc</command>, "
2544"<command>dpkg</command>, <command>dash</command> or anything that those "
2545"packages depend on."
2546msgstr ""
2547
2548#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2549#: apt.conf.5.xml:248
2550msgid ""
2551"APT uses since version 0.7.26 a resizable memory mapped cache file to store "
2552"the available information. <literal>Cache-Start</literal> acts as a hint of "
2553"the size the cache will grow to, and is therefore the amount of memory APT "
2554"will request at startup. The default value is 20971520 bytes (~20 MB). Note "
2555"that this amount of space needs to be available for APT; otherwise it will "
2556"likely fail ungracefully, so for memory restricted devices this value should "
2557"be lowered while on systems with a lot of configured sources it should be "
2558"increased. <literal>Cache-Grow</literal> defines in bytes with the default "
2559"of 1048576 (~1 MB) how much the cache size will be increased in the event "
2560"the space defined by <literal>Cache-Start</literal> is not enough. This "
2561"value will be applied again and again until either the cache is big enough "
2562"to store all information or the size of the cache reaches the "
2563"<literal>Cache-Limit</literal>. The default of "
2564"<literal>Cache-Limit</literal> is 0 which stands for no limit. If "
2565"<literal>Cache-Grow</literal> is set to 0 the automatic growth of the cache "
2566"is disabled."
2567msgstr ""
2568
2569#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2570#: apt.conf.5.xml:264
2571msgid "Defines which packages are considered essential build dependencies."
2572msgstr ""
2573
2574#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2575#: apt.conf.5.xml:268
2576msgid ""
2577"The Get subsection controls the &apt-get; tool; please see its documentation "
2578"for more information about the options here."
2579msgstr ""
2580
2581#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2582#: apt.conf.5.xml:273
2583msgid ""
2584"The Cache subsection controls the &apt-cache; tool; please see its "
2585"documentation for more information about the options here."
2586msgstr ""
2587
2588#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2589#: apt.conf.5.xml:278
2590msgid ""
2591"The CDROM subsection controls the &apt-cdrom; tool; please see its "
2592"documentation for more information about the options here."
2593msgstr ""
2594
2595#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2596#: apt.conf.5.xml:284
2597msgid "The Acquire Group"
2598msgstr ""
2599
2600#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2601#: apt.conf.5.xml:285
2602msgid ""
2603"The <literal>Acquire</literal> group of options controls the download of "
2604"packages as well as the various \"acquire methods\" responsible for the "
2605"download itself (see also &sources-list;)."
2606msgstr ""
2607
2608#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2609#: apt.conf.5.xml:292
2610msgid ""
2611"Security related option defaulting to true, as giving a Release file's "
2612"validation an expiration date prevents replay attacks over a long timescale, "
2613"and can also for example help users to identify mirrors that are no longer "
2614"updated - but the feature depends on the correctness of the clock on the "
2615"user system. Archive maintainers are encouraged to create Release files with "
2616"the <literal>Valid-Until</literal> header, but if they don't or a stricter "
2617"value is desired the <literal>Max-ValidTime</literal> option below can be "
2618"used."
2619msgstr ""
2620
2621#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2622#: apt.conf.5.xml:305
2623msgid ""
2624"Maximum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
2625"<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
2626"should be considered valid. If the Release file itself includes a "
2627"<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header the earlier date of the two is used as "
2628"the expiration date. The default value is <literal>0</literal> which stands "
2629"for \"valid forever\". Archive specific settings can be made by appending "
2630"the label of the archive to the option name."
2631msgstr ""
2632
2633#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2634#: apt.conf.5.xml:317
2635msgid ""
2636"Minimum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
2637"<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
2638"should be considered valid. Use this if you need to use a seldom updated "
2639"(local) mirror of a more frequently updated archive with a "
2640"<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header instead of completely disabling the "
2641"expiration date checking. Archive specific settings can and should be used "
2642"by appending the label of the archive to the option name."
2643msgstr ""
2644
2645#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2646#: apt.conf.5.xml:329
2647msgid ""
2648"Try to download deltas called <literal>PDiffs</literal> for indexes (like "
2649"<filename>Packages</filename> files) instead of downloading whole ones. True "
2650"by default."
2651msgstr ""
2652
2653#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2654#: apt.conf.5.xml:332
2655msgid ""
2656"Two sub-options to limit the use of PDiffs are also available: "
2657"<literal>FileLimit</literal> can be used to specify a maximum number of "
2658"PDiff files should be downloaded to update a "
2659"file. <literal>SizeLimit</literal> on the other hand is the maximum "
2660"percentage of the size of all patches compared to the size of the targeted "
2661"file. If one of these limits is exceeded the complete file is downloaded "
2662"instead of the patches."
2663msgstr ""
2664
2665#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2666#: apt.conf.5.xml:342
2667msgid ""
2668"Queuing mode; <literal>Queue-Mode</literal> can be one of "
2669"<literal>host</literal> or <literal>access</literal> which determines how "
2670"APT parallelizes outgoing connections. <literal>host</literal> means that "
2671"one connection per target host will be opened, <literal>access</literal> "
2672"means that one connection per URI type will be opened."
2673msgstr ""
2674
2675#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2676#: apt.conf.5.xml:350
2677msgid ""
2678"Number of retries to perform. If this is non-zero APT will retry failed "
2679"files the given number of times."
2680msgstr ""
2681
2682#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2683#: apt.conf.5.xml:355
2684msgid ""
2685"Use symlinks for source archives. If set to true then source archives will "
2686"be symlinked when possible instead of copying. True is the default."
2687msgstr ""
2688
2689#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2690#: apt.conf.5.xml:360
2691msgid ""
2692"<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP "
2693"URIs. It is in the standard form of "
2694"<literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies "
2695"can also be specified by using the form "
2696"<literal>http::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
2697"<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
2698"settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment variable will "
2699"be used."
2700msgstr ""
2701
2702#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2703#: apt.conf.5.xml:368
2704msgid ""
2705"Three settings are provided for cache control with HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy "
2706"caches. <literal>No-Cache</literal> tells the proxy not to use its cached "
2707"response under any circumstances. <literal>Max-Age</literal> sets the "
2708"allowed maximum age (in seconds) of an index file in the cache of the "
2709"proxy. <literal>No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not "
2710"store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent "
2711"the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files."
2712msgstr ""
2713
2714#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2715#: apt.conf.5.xml:378 apt.conf.5.xml:466
2716msgid ""
2717"The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the "
2718"method; this value applies to the connection as well as the data timeout."
2719msgstr ""
2720
2721#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2722#: apt.conf.5.xml:381
2723msgid ""
2724"The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to "
2725"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial "
2726"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in "
2727"a pipeline. Previous APT versions had a default of 10 for this setting, but "
2728"the default value is now 0 (= disabled) to avoid problems with the "
2729"ever-growing amount of webservers and proxies which choose to not conform to "
2730"the HTTP/1.1 specification."
2731msgstr ""
2732
2733#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2734#: apt.conf.5.xml:388
2735msgid ""
2736"<literal>Acquire::http::AllowRedirect</literal> controls whether APT will "
2737"follow redirects, which is enabled by default."
2738msgstr ""
2739
2740#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2741#: apt.conf.5.xml:391
2742msgid ""
2743"The used bandwidth can be limited with "
2744"<literal>Acquire::http::Dl-Limit</literal> which accepts integer values in "
2745"kilobytes per second. The default value is 0 which deactivates the limit and "
2746"tries to use all available bandwidth. Note that this option implicitly "
2747"disables downloading from multiple servers at the same time."
2748msgstr ""
2749
2750#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2751#: apt.conf.5.xml:398
2752msgid ""
2753"<literal>Acquire::http::User-Agent</literal> can be used to set a different "
2754"User-Agent for the http download method as some proxies allow access for "
2755"clients only if the client uses a known identifier."
2756msgstr ""
2757
2758#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2759#: apt.conf.5.xml:402
2760msgid ""
2761"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify "
2762"an external command to discover the http proxy to use. Apt expects the "
2763"command to output the proxy on stdout in the style "
2764"<literal>http://proxy:port/</literal>. This will override the generic "
2765"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal> but not any specific host proxy "
2766"configuration set via <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::$HOST</literal>. See "
2767"the &squid-deb-proxy-client; package for an example implementation that uses "
2768"avahi. This option takes precedence over the legacy option name "
2769"<literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>."
2770msgstr ""
2771
2772#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2773#: apt.conf.5.xml:420
2774msgid ""
2775"The <literal>Cache-control</literal>, <literal>Timeout</literal>, "
2776"<literal>AllowRedirect</literal>, <literal>Dl-Limit</literal> and "
2777"<literal>proxy</literal> options work for HTTPS URIs in the same way as for "
2778"the <literal>http</literal> method, and default to the same values if they "
2779"are not explicitly set. The <literal>Pipeline-Depth</literal> option is not "
2780"yet supported."
2781msgstr ""
2782
2783#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2784#: apt.conf.5.xml:428
2785msgid ""
2786"<literal>CaInfo</literal> suboption specifies place of file that holds info "
2787"about trusted certificates. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::CaInfo</literal> is the "
2788"corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> boolean "
2789"suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate should be "
2790"verified against trusted certificates. "
2791"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
2792"option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether "
2793"or not the server's hostname should be verified. "
2794"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
2795"option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for "
2796"client authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslCert</literal> is the "
2797"corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what "
2798"private key to use for client "
2799"authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding "
2800"per-host option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL "
2801"version to use. It can contain either of the strings "
2802"'<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. "
2803"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslForceVersion</literal> is the corresponding "
2804"per-host option."
2805msgstr ""
2806
2807#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2808#: apt.conf.5.xml:449
2809msgid ""
2810"<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP URIs. "
2811"It is in the standard form of "
2812"<literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can "
2813"also be specified by using the form "
2814"<literal>ftp::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
2815"<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
2816"settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable will be "
2817"used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the "
2818"<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This "
2819"entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to "
2820"connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do "
2821"this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI "
2822"component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, "
2823"<literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, "
2824"<literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and "
2825"<literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>."
2826msgstr ""
2827
2828#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2829#: apt.conf.5.xml:469
2830msgid ""
2831"Several settings are provided to control passive mode. Generally it is safe "
2832"to leave passive mode on; it works in nearly every environment. However, "
2833"some situations require that passive mode be disabled and port mode FTP used "
2834"instead. This can be done globally or for connections that go through a "
2835"proxy or for a specific host (see the sample config file for examples)."
2836msgstr ""
2837
2838#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2839#: apt.conf.5.xml:476
2840msgid ""
2841"It is possible to proxy FTP over HTTP by setting the "
2842"<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable to an HTTP URL - see the "
2843"discussion of the http method above for syntax. You cannot set this in the "
2844"configuration file and it is not recommended to use FTP over HTTP due to its "
2845"low efficiency."
2846msgstr ""
2847
2848#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2849#: apt.conf.5.xml:481
2850msgid ""
2851"The setting <literal>ForceExtended</literal> controls the use of RFC2428 "
2852"<literal>EPSV</literal> and <literal>EPRT</literal> commands. The default is "
2853"false, which means these commands are only used if the control connection is "
2854"IPv6. Setting this to true forces their use even on IPv4 connections. Note "
2855"that most FTP servers do not support RFC2428."
2856msgstr ""
2857
2858#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
2859#: apt.conf.5.xml:495
2860#, no-wrap
2861msgid "/cdrom/::Mount \"foo\";"
2862msgstr ""
2863
2864#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2865#: apt.conf.5.xml:490
2866msgid ""
2867"For URIs using the <literal>cdrom</literal> method, the only configurable "
2868"option is the mount point, <literal>cdrom::Mount</literal>, which must be "
2869"the mount point for the CD-ROM (or DVD, or whatever) drive as specified in "
2870"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It is possible to provide alternate mount "
2871"and unmount commands if your mount point cannot be listed in the fstab. The "
2872"syntax is to put <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> within the "
2873"<literal>cdrom</literal> block. It is important to have the trailing slash. "
2874"Unmount commands can be specified using UMount."
2875msgstr ""
2876
2877#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2878#: apt.conf.5.xml:503
2879msgid ""
2880"For GPGV URIs the only configurable option is "
2881"<literal>gpgv::Options</literal>, which passes additional parameters to "
2882"gpgv."
2883msgstr ""
2884
2885#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
2886#: apt.conf.5.xml:514
2887#, no-wrap
2888msgid ""
2889"Acquire::CompressionTypes::<replaceable>FileExtension</replaceable> "
2890"\"<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable>\";"
2891msgstr ""
2892
2893#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2894#: apt.conf.5.xml:509
2895msgid ""
2896"List of compression types which are understood by the acquire methods. "
2897"Files like <filename>Packages</filename> can be available in various "
2898"compression formats. By default the acquire methods can decompress "
2899"<command>bzip2</command>, <command>lzma</command> and "
2900"<command>gzip</command> compressed files; with this setting more formats can "
2901"be added on the fly or the used method can be changed. The syntax for this "
2902"is: <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/>"
2903msgstr ""
2904
2905#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
2906#: apt.conf.5.xml:519
2907#, no-wrap
2908msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order:: \"gz\";"
2909msgstr ""
2910
2911#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
2912#: apt.conf.5.xml:522
2913#, no-wrap
2914msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order { \"lzma\"; \"gz\"; };"
2915msgstr ""
2916
2917#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2918#: apt.conf.5.xml:515
2919msgid ""
2920"Also, the <literal>Order</literal> subgroup can be used to define in which "
2921"order the acquire system will try to download the compressed files. The "
2922"acquire system will try the first and proceed with the next compression type "
2923"in this list on error, so to prefer one over the other type simply add the "
2924"preferred type first - default types not already added will be implicitly "
2925"appended to the end of the list, so e.g. <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" "
2926"id=\"0\"/> can be used to prefer <command>gzip</command> compressed files "
2927"over <command>bzip2</command> and <command>lzma</command>. If "
2928"<command>lzma</command> should be preferred over <command>gzip</command> and "
2929"<command>bzip2</command> the configure setting should look like this: "
2930"<placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"1\"/> It is not needed to add "
2931"<literal>bz2</literal> to the list explicitly as it will be added "
2932"automatically."
2933msgstr ""
2934
2935#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
2936#: apt.conf.5.xml:529
2937#, no-wrap
2938msgid "Dir::Bin::bzip2 \"/bin/bzip2\";"
2939msgstr ""
2940
2941#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2942#: apt.conf.5.xml:524
2943msgid ""
2944"Note that the "
2945"<literal>Dir::Bin::<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable></literal> will be "
2946"checked at run time. If this option has been set, the method will only be "
2947"used if this file exists; e.g. for the <literal>bzip2</literal> method (the "
2948"inbuilt) setting is: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> Note "
2949"also that list entries specified on the command line will be added at the "
2950"end of the list specified in the configuration files, but before the default "
2951"entries. To prefer a type in this case over the ones specified in the "
2952"configuration files you can set the option direct - not in list style. This "
2953"will not override the defined list; it will only prefix the list with this "
2954"type."
2955msgstr ""
2956
2957#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2958#: apt.conf.5.xml:534
2959msgid ""
2960"The special type <literal>uncompressed</literal> can be used to give "
2961"uncompressed files a preference, but note that most archives don't provide "
2962"uncompressed files so this is mostly only useable for local mirrors."
2963msgstr ""
2964
2965#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2966#: apt.conf.5.xml:541
2967msgid ""
2968"When downloading <literal>gzip</literal> compressed indexes (Packages, "
2969"Sources, or Translations), keep them gzip compressed locally instead of "
2970"unpacking them. This saves quite a lot of disk space at the expense of more "
2971"CPU requirements when building the local package caches. False by default."
2972msgstr ""
2973
2974#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2975#: apt.conf.5.xml:549
2976msgid ""
2977"The Languages subsection controls which <filename>Translation</filename> "
2978"files are downloaded and in which order APT tries to display the "
2979"description-translations. APT will try to display the first available "
2980"description in the language which is listed first. Languages can be defined "
2981"with their short or long language codes. Note that not all archives provide "
2982"<filename>Translation</filename> files for every language - the long "
2983"language codes are especially rare."
2984msgstr ""
2985
2986#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
2987#: apt.conf.5.xml:566
2988#, no-wrap
2989msgid "Acquire::Languages { \"environment\"; \"de\"; \"en\"; \"none\"; \"fr\"; };"
2990msgstr ""
2991
2992#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2993#: apt.conf.5.xml:554
2994msgid ""
2995"The default list includes \"environment\" and "
2996"\"en\". \"<literal>environment</literal>\" has a special meaning here: it "
2997"will be replaced at runtime with the language codes extracted from the "
2998"<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> environment variable. It will also ensure "
2999"that these codes are not included twice in the list. If "
3000"<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the "
3001"<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To "
3002"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting "
3003"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is "
3004"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable "
3005"<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these "
3006"translations too, without actually using them unless the environment "
3007"specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result "
3008"in the order \"en, de\" in an English locale or \"de, en\" in a German "
3009"one. Note that \"fr\" is downloaded, but not used unless APT is used in a "
3010"French locale (where the order would be \"fr, de, en\"). <placeholder "
3011"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
3012msgstr ""
3013
3014#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3015#: apt.conf.5.xml:567
3016msgid ""
3017"Note: To prevent problems resulting from APT being executed in different "
3018"environments (e.g. by different users or by other programs) all Translation "
3019"files which are found in <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists/</filename> will be "
3020"added to the end of the list (after an implicit "
3021"\"<literal>none</literal>\")."
3022msgstr ""
3023
3024#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3025#: apt.conf.5.xml:576
3026msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv4 protocol."
3027msgstr ""
3028
3029#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3030#: apt.conf.5.xml:582
3031msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv6 protocol."
3032msgstr ""
3033
3034#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3035#: apt.conf.5.xml:589
3036msgid "Directories"
3037msgstr ""
3038
3039#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3040#: apt.conf.5.xml:591
3041msgid ""
3042"The <literal>Dir::State</literal> section has directories that pertain to "
3043"local state information. <literal>lists</literal> is the directory to place "
3044"downloaded package lists in and <literal>status</literal> is the name of the "
3045"&dpkg; status file. <literal>preferences</literal> is the name of the APT "
3046"<filename>preferences</filename> file. <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3047"contains the default directory to prefix on all sub-items if they do not "
3048"start with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>./</filename>."
3049msgstr ""
3050
3051#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3052#: apt.conf.5.xml:598
3053msgid ""
3054"<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contains locations pertaining to local cache "
3055"information, such as the two package caches <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> "
3056"and <literal>pkgcache</literal> as well as the location to place downloaded "
3057"archives, <literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. Generation of caches can "
3058"be turned off by setting their names to the empty string. This will slow "
3059"down startup but save disk space. It is probably preferable to turn off the "
3060"pkgcache rather than the srcpkgcache. Like <literal>Dir::State</literal> the "
3061"default directory is contained in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>"
3062msgstr ""
3063
3064#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3065#: apt.conf.5.xml:607
3066msgid ""
3067"<literal>Dir::Etc</literal> contains the location of configuration files, "
3068"<literal>sourcelist</literal> gives the location of the sourcelist and "
3069"<literal>main</literal> is the default configuration file (setting has no "
3070"effect, unless it is done from the config file specified by "
3071"<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>)."
3072msgstr ""
3073
3074#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3075#: apt.conf.5.xml:613
3076msgid ""
3077"The <literal>Dir::Parts</literal> setting reads in all the config fragments "
3078"in lexical order from the directory specified. After this is done then the "
3079"main config file is loaded."
3080msgstr ""
3081
3082#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3083#: apt.conf.5.xml:617
3084msgid ""
3085"Binary programs are pointed to by "
3086"<literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies "
3087"the location of the method handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, "
3088"<literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, "
3089"<literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</literal> "
3090"<literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</literal> "
3091"specify the location of the respective programs."
3092msgstr ""
3093
3094#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3095#: apt.conf.5.xml:625
3096msgid ""
3097"The configuration item <literal>RootDir</literal> has a special meaning. If "
3098"set, all paths in <literal>Dir::</literal> will be relative to "
3099"<literal>RootDir</literal>, <emphasis>even paths that are specified "
3100"absolutely</emphasis>. So, for instance, if <literal>RootDir</literal> is "
3101"set to <filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and "
3102"<literal>Dir::State::status</literal> is set to "
3103"<filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>, then the status file will be "
3104"looked up in <filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>."
3105msgstr ""
3106
3107#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3108#: apt.conf.5.xml:638
3109msgid ""
3110"The <literal>Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> list can be used to specify "
3111"which files APT should silently ignore while parsing the files in the "
3112"fragment directories. Per default a file which end with "
3113"<literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, <literal>.bak</literal> "
3114"or <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> is silently ignored. As seen in the last "
3115"default value these patterns can use regular expression syntax."
3116msgstr ""
3117
3118#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3119#: apt.conf.5.xml:647
3120msgid "APT in DSelect"
3121msgstr ""
3122
3123#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3124#: apt.conf.5.xml:649
3125msgid ""
3126"When APT is used as a &dselect; method several configuration directives "
3127"control the default behavior. These are in the <literal>DSelect</literal> "
3128"section."
3129msgstr ""
3130
3131#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3132#: apt.conf.5.xml:654
3133msgid ""
3134"Cache Clean mode; this value may be one of <literal>always</literal>, "
3135"<literal>prompt</literal>, <literal>auto</literal>, "
3136"<literal>pre-auto</literal> and <literal>never</literal>. "
3137"<literal>always</literal> and <literal>prompt</literal> will remove all "
3138"packages from the cache after upgrading, <literal>prompt</literal> (the "
3139"default) does so conditionally. <literal>auto</literal> removes only those "
3140"packages which are no longer downloadable (replaced with a new version for "
3141"instance). <literal>pre-auto</literal> performs this action before "
3142"downloading new packages."
3143msgstr ""
3144
3145#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3146#: apt.conf.5.xml:668
3147msgid ""
3148"The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3149"options when it is run for the install phase."
3150msgstr ""
3151
3152#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3153#: apt.conf.5.xml:673
3154msgid ""
3155"The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3156"options when it is run for the update phase."
3157msgstr ""
3158
3159#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3160#: apt.conf.5.xml:678
3161msgid ""
3162"If true the [U]pdate operation in &dselect; will always prompt to continue. "
3163"The default is to prompt only on error."
3164msgstr ""
3165
3166#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3167#: apt.conf.5.xml:684
3168msgid "How APT calls &dpkg;"
3169msgstr ""
3170
3171#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3172#: apt.conf.5.xml:685
3173msgid ""
3174"Several configuration directives control how APT invokes &dpkg;. These are "
3175"in the <literal>DPkg</literal> section."
3176msgstr ""
3177
3178#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3179#: apt.conf.5.xml:690
3180msgid ""
3181"This is a list of options to pass to &dpkg;. The options must be specified "
3182"using the list notation and each list item is passed as a single argument to "
3183"&dpkg;."
3184msgstr ""
3185
3186#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3187#: apt.conf.5.xml:696
3188msgid ""
3189"This is a list of shell commands to run before/after invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3190"<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3191"commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3192"fail APT will abort."
3193msgstr ""
3194
3195#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3196#: apt.conf.5.xml:703
3197msgid ""
3198"This is a list of shell commands to run before invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3199"<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3200"commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3201"fail APT will abort. APT will pass the filenames of all .deb files it is "
3202"going to install to the commands, one per line on the requested file "
3203"descriptor, defaulting to standard input."
3204msgstr ""
3205
3206#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3207#: apt.conf.5.xml:710
3208msgid ""
3209"Version 2 of this protocol dumps more information, including the protocol "
3210"version, the APT configuration space and the packages, files and versions "
3211"being changed. Version 3 adds the architecture and "
3212"<literal>MultiArch</literal> flag to each version being dumped."
3213msgstr ""
3214
3215#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3216#: apt.conf.5.xml:715
3217msgid ""
3218"The version of the protocol to be used for the command "
3219"<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> can be chosen by setting "
3220"<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</literal> "
3221"accordingly, the default being version 1. If APT isn't supporting the "
3222"requested version it will send the information in the highest version it has "
3223"support for instead."
3224msgstr ""
3225
3226#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3227#: apt.conf.5.xml:722
3228msgid ""
3229"The file descriptor to be used to send the information can be requested with "
3230"<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::InfoFD</literal> "
3231"which defaults to <literal>0</literal> for standard input and is available "
3232"since version 0.9.11. Support for the option can be detected by looking for "
3233"the environment variable <envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> which contains the "
3234"number of the used file descriptor as a confirmation."
3235msgstr ""
3236
3237#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3238#: apt.conf.5.xml:732
3239msgid ""
3240"APT chdirs to this directory before invoking &dpkg;, the default is "
3241"<filename>/</filename>."
3242msgstr ""
3243
3244#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3245#: apt.conf.5.xml:737
3246msgid ""
3247"These options are passed to &dpkg-buildpackage; when compiling packages; the "
3248"default is to disable signing and produce all binaries."
3249msgstr ""
3250
3251#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
3252#: apt.conf.5.xml:742
3253msgid "dpkg trigger usage (and related options)"
3254msgstr ""
3255
3256#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3257#: apt.conf.5.xml:743
3258msgid ""
3259"APT can call &dpkg; in such a way as to let it make aggressive use of "
3260"triggers over multiple calls of &dpkg;. Without further options &dpkg; will "
3261"use triggers once each time it runs. Activating these options can therefore "
3262"decrease the time needed to perform the install or upgrade. Note that it is "
3263"intended to activate these options per default in the future, but as it "
3264"drastically changes the way APT calls &dpkg; it needs a lot more testing. "
3265"<emphasis>These options are therefore currently experimental and should not "
3266"be used in production environments.</emphasis> It also breaks progress "
3267"reporting such that all front-ends will currently stay around half (or more) "
3268"of the time in the 100% state while it actually configures all packages."
3269msgstr ""
3270
3271#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><literallayout>
3272#: apt.conf.5.xml:758
3273#, no-wrap
3274msgid ""
3275"DPkg::NoTriggers \"true\";\n"
3276"PackageManager::Configure \"smart\";\n"
3277"DPkg::ConfigurePending \"true\";\n"
3278"DPkg::TriggersPending \"true\";"
3279msgstr ""
3280
3281#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3282#: apt.conf.5.xml:752
3283msgid ""
3284"Note that it is not guaranteed that APT will support these options or that "
3285"these options will not cause (big) trouble in the future. If you have "
3286"understand the current risks and problems with these options, but are brave "
3287"enough to help testing them, create a new configuration file and test a "
3288"combination of options. Please report any bugs, problems and improvements "
3289"you encounter and make sure to note which options you have used in your "
3290"reports. Asking &dpkg; for help could also be useful for debugging proposes, "
3291"see e.g. <command>dpkg --audit</command>. A defensive option combination "
3292"would be <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3293msgstr ""
3294
3295#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3296#: apt.conf.5.xml:765
3297msgid ""
3298"Add the no triggers flag to all &dpkg; calls (except the ConfigurePending "
3299"call). See &dpkg; if you are interested in what this actually means. In "
3300"short: &dpkg; will not run the triggers when this flag is present unless it "
3301"is explicitly called to do so in an extra call. Note that this option "
3302"exists (undocumented) also in older APT versions with a slightly different "
3303"meaning: Previously these option only append --no-triggers to the configure "
3304"calls to &dpkg; - now APT will also add this flag to the unpack and remove "
3305"calls."
3306msgstr ""
3307
3308#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3309#: apt.conf.5.xml:773
3310msgid ""
3311"Valid values are \"<literal>all</literal>\", \"<literal>smart</literal>\" "
3312"and \"<literal>no</literal>\". The default value is "
3313"\"<literal>all</literal>\", which causes APT to configure all packages. The "
3314"\"<literal>smart</literal>\" way is to configure only packages which need to "
3315"be configured before another package can be unpacked (Pre-Depends), and let "
3316"the rest be configured by &dpkg; with a call generated by the "
3317"ConfigurePending option (see below). On the other hand, "
3318"\"<literal>no</literal>\" will not configure anything, and totally relies on "
3319"&dpkg; for configuration (which at the moment will fail if a Pre-Depends is "
3320"encountered). Setting this option to any value other than "
3321"<literal>all</literal> will implicitly also activate the next option by "
3322"default, as otherwise the system could end in an unconfigured and "
3323"potentially unbootable state."
3324msgstr ""
3325
3326#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3327#: apt.conf.5.xml:788
3328msgid ""
3329"If this option is set APT will call <command>dpkg --configure "
3330"--pending</command> to let &dpkg; handle all required configurations and "
3331"triggers. This option is activated automatically per default if the previous "
3332"option is not set to <literal>all</literal>, but deactivating it could be "
3333"useful if you want to run APT multiple times in a row - e.g. in an "
3334"installer. In these sceneries you could deactivate this option in all but "
3335"the last run."
3336msgstr ""
3337
3338#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3339#: apt.conf.5.xml:795
3340msgid ""
3341"Useful for the <literal>smart</literal> configuration as a package which has "
3342"pending triggers is not considered as <literal>installed</literal>, and "
3343"&dpkg; treats them as <literal>unpacked</literal> currently which is a "
3344"showstopper for Pre-Dependencies (see debbugs #526774). Note that this will "
3345"process all triggers, not only the triggers needed to configure this "
3346"package."
3347msgstr ""
3348
3349#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3350#: apt.conf.5.xml:808
3351#, no-wrap
3352msgid ""
3353"OrderList::Score {\n"
3354"\tDelete 500;\n"
3355"\tEssential 200;\n"
3356"\tImmediate 10;\n"
3357"\tPreDepends 50;\n"
3358"};"
3359msgstr ""
3360
3361#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3362#: apt.conf.5.xml:801
3363msgid ""
3364"Essential packages (and their dependencies) should be configured immediately "
3365"after unpacking. It is a good idea to do this quite early in the upgrade "
3366"process as these configure calls also currently require "
3367"<literal>DPkg::TriggersPending</literal> which will run quite a few triggers "
3368"(which may not be needed). Essentials get per default a high score but the "
3369"immediate flag is relatively low (a package which has a Pre-Depends is rated "
3370"higher). These option and the others in the same group can be used to "
3371"change the scoring. The following example shows the settings with their "
3372"default values. <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3373msgstr ""
3374
3375#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3376#: apt.conf.5.xml:821
3377msgid "Periodic and Archives options"
3378msgstr ""
3379
3380#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3381#: apt.conf.5.xml:822
3382msgid ""
3383"<literal>APT::Periodic</literal> and <literal>APT::Archives</literal> groups "
3384"of options configure behavior of apt periodic updates, which is done by the "
3385"<literal>/etc/cron.daily/apt</literal> script. See the top of this script "
3386"for the brief documentation of these options."
3387msgstr ""
3388
3389#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3390#: apt.conf.5.xml:830
3391msgid "Debug options"
3392msgstr ""
3393
3394#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3395#: apt.conf.5.xml:832
3396msgid ""
3397"Enabling options in the <literal>Debug::</literal> section will cause "
3398"debugging information to be sent to the standard error stream of the program "
3399"utilizing the <literal>apt</literal> libraries, or enable special program "
3400"modes that are primarily useful for debugging the behavior of "
3401"<literal>apt</literal>. Most of these options are not interesting to a "
3402"normal user, but a few may be:"
3403msgstr ""
3404
3405#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3406#: apt.conf.5.xml:843
3407msgid ""
3408"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> enables output about the "
3409"decisions made by <literal>dist-upgrade, upgrade, install, remove, "
3410"purge</literal>."
3411msgstr ""
3412
3413#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3414#: apt.conf.5.xml:851
3415msgid ""
3416"<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal> disables all file locking. This can be "
3417"used to run some operations (for instance, <literal>apt-get -s "
3418"install</literal>) as a non-root user."
3419msgstr ""
3420
3421#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3422#: apt.conf.5.xml:860
3423msgid ""
3424"<literal>Debug::pkgDPkgPM</literal> prints out the actual command line each "
3425"time that <literal>apt</literal> invokes &dpkg;."
3426msgstr ""
3427
3428#. TODO: provide a
3429#. motivating example, except I haven't a clue why you'd want
3430#. to do this.
3431#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3432#: apt.conf.5.xml:868
3433msgid ""
3434"<literal>Debug::IdentCdrom</literal> disables the inclusion of statfs data "
3435"in CD-ROM IDs."
3436msgstr ""
3437
3438#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3439#: apt.conf.5.xml:878
3440msgid "A full list of debugging options to apt follows."
3441msgstr ""
3442
3443#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3444#: apt.conf.5.xml:887
3445msgid "Print information related to accessing <literal>cdrom://</literal> sources."
3446msgstr ""
3447
3448#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3449#: apt.conf.5.xml:898
3450msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using FTP."
3451msgstr ""
3452
3453#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3454#: apt.conf.5.xml:909
3455msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTP."
3456msgstr ""
3457
3458#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3459#: apt.conf.5.xml:920
3460msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTPS."
3461msgstr ""
3462
3463#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3464#: apt.conf.5.xml:931
3465msgid ""
3466"Print information related to verifying cryptographic signatures using "
3467"<literal>gpg</literal>."
3468msgstr ""
3469
3470#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3471#: apt.conf.5.xml:942
3472msgid ""
3473"Output information about the process of accessing collections of packages "
3474"stored on CD-ROMs."
3475msgstr ""
3476
3477#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3478#: apt.conf.5.xml:952
3479msgid "Describes the process of resolving build-dependencies in &apt-get;."
3480msgstr ""
3481
3482#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3483#: apt.conf.5.xml:962
3484msgid ""
3485"Output each cryptographic hash that is generated by the "
3486"<literal>apt</literal> libraries."
3487msgstr ""
3488
3489#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3490#: apt.conf.5.xml:972
3491msgid ""
3492"Do not include information from <literal>statfs</literal>, namely the number "
3493"of used and free blocks on the CD-ROM filesystem, when generating an ID for "
3494"a CD-ROM."
3495msgstr ""
3496
3497#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3498#: apt.conf.5.xml:983
3499msgid ""
3500"Disable all file locking. For instance, this will allow two instances of "
3501"<quote><literal>apt-get update</literal></quote> to run at the same time."
3502msgstr ""
3503
3504#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3505#: apt.conf.5.xml:995
3506msgid "Log when items are added to or removed from the global download queue."
3507msgstr ""
3508
3509#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3510#: apt.conf.5.xml:1005
3511msgid ""
3512"Output status messages and errors related to verifying checksums and "
3513"cryptographic signatures of downloaded files."
3514msgstr ""
3515
3516#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3517#: apt.conf.5.xml:1015
3518msgid ""
3519"Output information about downloading and applying package index list diffs, "
3520"and errors relating to package index list diffs."
3521msgstr ""
3522
3523#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3524#: apt.conf.5.xml:1027
3525msgid ""
3526"Output information related to patching apt package lists when downloading "
3527"index diffs instead of full indices."
3528msgstr ""
3529
3530#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3531#: apt.conf.5.xml:1038
3532msgid "Log all interactions with the sub-processes that actually perform downloads."
3533msgstr ""
3534
3535#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3536#: apt.conf.5.xml:1049
3537msgid ""
3538"Log events related to the automatically-installed status of packages and to "
3539"the removal of unused packages."
3540msgstr ""
3541
3542#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3543#: apt.conf.5.xml:1059
3544msgid ""
3545"Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically "
3546"installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial "
3547"auto-install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, "
3548"and not to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see "
3549"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that."
3550msgstr ""
3551
3552#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3553#: apt.conf.5.xml:1073
3554msgid ""
3555"Generate debug messages describing which packages are marked as "
3556"keep/install/remove while the ProblemResolver does his work. Each addition "
3557"or deletion may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two "
3558"additional spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is "
3559"<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or "
3560"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name &lt;a.b.c "
3561"-&gt; d.e.f | x.y.z&gt; (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> "
3562"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the "
3563"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer "
3564"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin "
3565"score). The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same "
3566"as the installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the "
3567"section the package appears in."
3568msgstr ""
3569
3570#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3571#: apt.conf.5.xml:1094
3572msgid ""
3573"When invoking &dpkg;, output the precise command line with which it is being "
3574"invoked, with arguments separated by a single space character."
3575msgstr ""
3576
3577#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3578#: apt.conf.5.xml:1105
3579msgid ""
3580"Output all the data received from &dpkg; on the status file descriptor and "
3581"any errors encountered while parsing it."
3582msgstr ""
3583
3584#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3585#: apt.conf.5.xml:1116
3586msgid ""
3587"Generate a trace of the algorithm that decides the order in which "
3588"<literal>apt</literal> should pass packages to &dpkg;."
3589msgstr ""
3590
3591#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3592#: apt.conf.5.xml:1128
3593msgid "Output status messages tracing the steps performed when invoking &dpkg;."
3594msgstr ""
3595
3596#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3597#: apt.conf.5.xml:1139
3598msgid "Output the priority of each package list on startup."
3599msgstr ""
3600
3601#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3602#: apt.conf.5.xml:1149
3603msgid ""
3604"Trace the execution of the dependency resolver (this applies only to what "
3605"happens when a complex dependency problem is encountered)."
3606msgstr ""
3607
3608#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3609#: apt.conf.5.xml:1160
3610msgid ""
3611"Display a list of all installed packages with their calculated score used by "
3612"the pkgProblemResolver. The description of the package is the same as "
3613"described in <literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::Marker</literal>"
3614msgstr ""
3615
3616#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3617#: apt.conf.5.xml:1172
3618msgid ""
3619"Print information about the vendors read from "
3620"<filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</filename>."
3621msgstr ""
3622
3623#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3624#: apt.conf.5.xml:1194 apt_preferences.5.xml:547 sources.list.5.xml:239 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:598
3625msgid "Examples"
3626msgstr ""
3627
3628#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3629#: apt.conf.5.xml:1195
3630msgid ""
3631"&configureindex; is a configuration file showing example values for all "
3632"possible options."
3633msgstr ""
3634
3635#. ? reading apt.conf
3636#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3637#: apt.conf.5.xml:1207
3638msgid "&apt-cache;, &apt-config;, &apt-preferences;."
3639msgstr ""
3640
3641#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
3642#: apt_preferences.5.xml:34
3643msgid "Preference control file for APT"
3644msgstr ""
3645
3646#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3647#: apt_preferences.5.xml:39
3648msgid ""
3649"The APT preferences file <filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> and the "
3650"fragment files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename> folder "
3651"can be used to control which versions of packages will be selected for "
3652"installation."
3653msgstr ""
3654
3655#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3656#: apt_preferences.5.xml:44
3657msgid ""
3658"Several versions of a package may be available for installation when the "
3659"&sources-list; file contains references to more than one distribution (for "
3660"example, <literal>stable</literal> and <literal>testing</literal>). APT "
3661"assigns a priority to each version that is available. Subject to dependency "
3662"constraints, <command>apt-get</command> selects the version with the highest "
3663"priority for installation. The APT preferences override the priorities that "
3664"APT assigns to package versions by default, thus giving the user control "
3665"over which one is selected for installation."
3666msgstr ""
3667
3668#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3669#: apt_preferences.5.xml:54
3670msgid ""
3671"Several instances of the same version of a package may be available when the "
3672"&sources-list; file contains references to more than one source. In this "
3673"case <command>apt-get</command> downloads the instance listed earliest in "
3674"the &sources-list; file. The APT preferences do not affect the choice of "
3675"instance, only the choice of version."
3676msgstr ""
3677
3678#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3679#: apt_preferences.5.xml:61
3680msgid ""
3681"Preferences are a strong power in the hands of a system administrator but "
3682"they can become also their biggest nightmare if used without care! APT will "
3683"not question the preferences, so wrong settings can lead to uninstallable "
3684"packages or wrong decisions while upgrading packages. Even more problems "
3685"will arise if multiple distribution releases are mixed without a good "
3686"understanding of the following paragraphs. Packages included in a specific "
3687"release aren't tested in (and therefore don't always work as expected in) "
3688"older or newer releases, or together with other packages from different "
3689"releases. You have been warned."
3690msgstr ""
3691
3692#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3693#: apt_preferences.5.xml:72
3694msgid ""
3695"Note that the files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d</filename> "
3696"directory are parsed in alphanumeric ascending order and need to obey the "
3697"following naming convention: The files have either no or "
3698"\"<literal>pref</literal>\" as filename extension and only contain "
3699"alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) and period (.) characters. "
3700"Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
3701"file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
3702"configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
3703msgstr ""
3704
3705#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
3706#: apt_preferences.5.xml:81
3707msgid "APT's Default Priority Assignments"
3708msgstr ""
3709
3710#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
3711#: apt_preferences.5.xml:96
3712#, no-wrap
3713msgid ""
3714"<command>apt-get install -t testing "
3715"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command>\n"
3716msgstr ""
3717
3718#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
3719#: apt_preferences.5.xml:99
3720#, no-wrap
3721msgid "APT::Default-Release \"stable\";\n"
3722msgstr ""
3723
3724#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3725#: apt_preferences.5.xml:83
3726msgid ""
3727"If there is no preferences file or if there is no entry in the file that "
3728"applies to a particular version then the priority assigned to that version "
3729"is the priority of the distribution to which that version belongs. It is "
3730"possible to single out a distribution, \"the target release\", which "
3731"receives a higher priority than other distributions do by default. The "
3732"target release can be set on the <command>apt-get</command> command line or "
3733"in the APT configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename>. Note "
3734"that this has precedence over any general priority you set in the "
3735"<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> file described later, but not over "
3736"specifically pinned packages. For example, <placeholder "
3737"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
3738"id=\"1\"/>"
3739msgstr ""
3740
3741#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3742#: apt_preferences.5.xml:103
3743msgid ""
3744"If the target release has been specified then APT uses the following "
3745"algorithm to set the priorities of the versions of a package. Assign:"
3746msgstr ""
3747
3748#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3749#: apt_preferences.5.xml:108
3750msgid "priority 1"
3751msgstr ""
3752
3753#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
3754#: apt_preferences.5.xml:109
3755msgid ""
3756"to the versions coming from archives which in their "
3757"<filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" but "
3758"<emphasis>not</emphasis> as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
3759"<literal>experimental</literal> archive."
3760msgstr ""
3761
3762#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3763#: apt_preferences.5.xml:115
3764msgid "priority 100"
3765msgstr ""
3766
3767#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
3768#: apt_preferences.5.xml:116
3769msgid ""
3770"to the version that is already installed (if any) and to the versions coming "
3771"from archives which in their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked "
3772"as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" and \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
3773"backports archive since <literal>squeeze-backports</literal>."
3774msgstr ""
3775
3776#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3777#: apt_preferences.5.xml:123
3778msgid "priority 500"
3779msgstr ""
3780
3781#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
3782#: apt_preferences.5.xml:124
3783msgid ""
3784"to the versions that are not installed and do not belong to the target "
3785"release."
3786msgstr ""
3787
3788#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3789#: apt_preferences.5.xml:128
3790msgid "priority 990"
3791msgstr ""
3792
3793#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
3794#: apt_preferences.5.xml:129
3795msgid "to the versions that are not installed and belong to the target release."
3796msgstr ""
3797
3798#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3799#: apt_preferences.5.xml:134
3800msgid ""
3801"If the target release has not been specified then APT simply assigns "
3802"priority 100 to all installed package versions and priority 500 to all "
3803"uninstalled package versions, except versions coming from archives which in "
3804"their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" "
3805"- these versions get the priority 1 or priority 100 if it is additionally "
3806"marked as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\"."
3807msgstr ""
3808
3809#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3810#: apt_preferences.5.xml:141
3811msgid ""
3812"APT then applies the following rules, listed in order of precedence, to "
3813"determine which version of a package to install."
3814msgstr ""
3815
3816#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3817#: apt_preferences.5.xml:144
3818msgid ""
3819"Never downgrade unless the priority of an available version exceeds 1000. "
3820"(\"Downgrading\" is installing a less recent version of a package in place "
3821"of a more recent version. Note that none of APT's default priorities "
3822"exceeds 1000; such high priorities can only be set in the preferences file. "
3823"Note also that downgrading a package can be risky.)"
3824msgstr ""
3825
3826#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3827#: apt_preferences.5.xml:150
3828msgid "Install the highest priority version."
3829msgstr ""
3830
3831#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3832#: apt_preferences.5.xml:151
3833msgid ""
3834"If two or more versions have the same priority, install the most recent one "
3835"(that is, the one with the higher version number)."
3836msgstr ""
3837
3838#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3839#: apt_preferences.5.xml:154
3840msgid ""
3841"If two or more versions have the same priority and version number but either "
3842"the packages differ in some of their metadata or the "
3843"<literal>--reinstall</literal> option is given, install the uninstalled one."
3844msgstr ""
3845
3846#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3847#: apt_preferences.5.xml:160
3848msgid ""
3849"In a typical situation, the installed version of a package (priority 100) "
3850"is not as recent as one of the versions available from the sources listed in "
3851"the &sources-list; file (priority 500 or 990). Then the package will be "
3852"upgraded when <command>apt-get install "
3853"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
3854"upgrade</command> is executed."
3855msgstr ""
3856
3857#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3858#: apt_preferences.5.xml:167
3859msgid ""
3860"More rarely, the installed version of a package is <emphasis>more</emphasis> "
3861"recent than any of the other available versions. The package will not be "
3862"downgraded when <command>apt-get install "
3863"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
3864"upgrade</command> is executed."
3865msgstr ""
3866
3867#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3868#: apt_preferences.5.xml:172
3869msgid ""
3870"Sometimes the installed version of a package is more recent than the version "
3871"belonging to the target release, but not as recent as a version belonging to "
3872"some other distribution. Such a package will indeed be upgraded when "
3873"<command>apt-get install <replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> "
3874"or <command>apt-get upgrade</command> is executed, because at least "
3875"<emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available versions has a higher priority "
3876"than the installed version."
3877msgstr ""
3878
3879#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
3880#: apt_preferences.5.xml:181
3881msgid "The Effect of APT Preferences"
3882msgstr ""
3883
3884#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3885#: apt_preferences.5.xml:183
3886msgid ""
3887"The APT preferences file allows the system administrator to control the "
3888"assignment of priorities. The file consists of one or more multi-line "
3889"records separated by blank lines. Records can have one of two forms, a "
3890"specific form and a general form."
3891msgstr ""
3892
3893#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3894#: apt_preferences.5.xml:189
3895msgid ""
3896"The specific form assigns a priority (a \"Pin-Priority\") to one or more "
3897"specified packages with a specified version or version range. For example, "
3898"the following record assigns a high priority to all versions of the "
3899"<filename>perl</filename> package whose version number begins with "
3900"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". Multiple packages can be separated by "
3901"spaces."
3902msgstr ""
3903
3904#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
3905#: apt_preferences.5.xml:196
3906#, no-wrap
3907msgid ""
3908"Package: perl\n"
3909"Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
3910"Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
3911msgstr ""
3912
3913#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3914#: apt_preferences.5.xml:202
3915msgid ""
3916"The general form assigns a priority to all of the package versions in a "
3917"given distribution (that is, to all the versions of packages that are listed "
3918"in a certain <filename>Release</filename> file) or to all of the package "
3919"versions coming from a particular Internet site, as identified by the site's "
3920"fully qualified domain name."
3921msgstr ""
3922
3923#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3924#: apt_preferences.5.xml:208
3925msgid ""
3926"This general-form entry in the APT preferences file applies only to groups "
3927"of packages. For example, the following record assigns a high priority to "
3928"all package versions available from the local site."
3929msgstr ""
3930
3931#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
3932#: apt_preferences.5.xml:213
3933#, no-wrap
3934msgid ""
3935"Package: *\n"
3936"Pin: origin \"\"\n"
3937"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
3938msgstr ""
3939
3940#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3941#: apt_preferences.5.xml:218
3942msgid ""
3943"A note of caution: the keyword used here is \"<literal>origin</literal>\" "
3944"which can be used to match a hostname. The following record will assign a "
3945"high priority to all versions available from the server identified by the "
3946"hostname \"ftp.de.debian.org\""
3947msgstr ""
3948
3949#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
3950#: apt_preferences.5.xml:222
3951#, no-wrap
3952msgid ""
3953"Package: *\n"
3954"Pin: origin \"ftp.de.debian.org\"\n"
3955"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
3956msgstr ""
3957
3958#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3959#: apt_preferences.5.xml:226
3960msgid ""
3961"This should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be confused with the Origin of a "
3962"distribution as specified in a <filename>Release</filename> file. What "
3963"follows the \"Origin:\" tag in a <filename>Release</filename> file is not an "
3964"Internet address but an author or vendor name, such as \"Debian\" or "
3965"\"Ximian\"."
3966msgstr ""
3967
3968#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3969#: apt_preferences.5.xml:231
3970msgid ""
3971"The following record assigns a low priority to all package versions "
3972"belonging to any distribution whose Archive name is "
3973"\"<literal>unstable</literal>\"."
3974msgstr ""
3975
3976#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
3977#: apt_preferences.5.xml:235
3978#, no-wrap
3979msgid ""
3980"Package: *\n"
3981"Pin: release a=unstable\n"
3982"Pin-Priority: 50\n"
3983msgstr ""
3984
3985#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3986#: apt_preferences.5.xml:240
3987msgid ""
3988"The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
3989"belonging to any distribution whose Codename is "
3990"\"<literal>&testing-codename;</literal>\"."
3991msgstr ""
3992
3993#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
3994#: apt_preferences.5.xml:244
3995#, no-wrap
3996msgid ""
3997"Package: *\n"
3998"Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
3999"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4000msgstr ""
4001
4002#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4003#: apt_preferences.5.xml:249
4004msgid ""
4005"The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4006"belonging to any release whose Archive name is \"<literal>stable</literal>\" "
4007"and whose release Version number is \"<literal>&stable-version;</literal>\"."
4008msgstr ""
4009
4010#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4011#: apt_preferences.5.xml:254
4012#, no-wrap
4013msgid ""
4014"Package: *\n"
4015"Pin: release a=stable, v=&stable-version;\n"
4016"Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4017msgstr ""
4018
4019#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4020#: apt_preferences.5.xml:264
4021msgid "Regular expressions and &glob; syntax"
4022msgstr ""
4023
4024#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4025#: apt_preferences.5.xml:266
4026msgid ""
4027"APT also supports pinning by &glob; expressions, and regular expressions "
4028"surrounded by slashes. For example, the following example assigns the "
4029"priority 500 to all packages from experimental where the name starts with "
4030"gnome (as a &glob;-like expression) or contains the word kde (as a POSIX "
4031"extended regular expression surrounded by slashes)."
4032msgstr ""
4033
4034#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4035#: apt_preferences.5.xml:275
4036#, no-wrap
4037msgid ""
4038"Package: gnome* /kde/\n"
4039"Pin: release n=experimental\n"
4040"Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4041msgstr ""
4042
4043#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4044#: apt_preferences.5.xml:281
4045msgid ""
4046"The rule for those expressions is that they can occur anywhere where a "
4047"string can occur. Thus, the following pin assigns the priority 990 to all "
4048"packages from a release starting with &ubuntu-codename;."
4049msgstr ""
4050
4051#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4052#: apt_preferences.5.xml:287
4053#, no-wrap
4054msgid ""
4055"Package: *\n"
4056"Pin: release n=&ubuntu-codename;*\n"
4057"Pin-Priority: 990\n"
4058msgstr ""
4059
4060#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4061#: apt_preferences.5.xml:293
4062msgid ""
4063"If a regular expression occurs in a <literal>Package</literal> field, the "
4064"behavior is the same as if this regular expression were replaced with a list "
4065"of all package names it matches. It is undecided whether this will change in "
4066"the future; thus you should always list wild-card pins first, so later "
4067"specific pins override it. The pattern \"<literal>*</literal>\" in a "
4068"Package field is not considered a &glob; expression in itself."
4069msgstr ""
4070
4071#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4072#: apt_preferences.5.xml:309
4073msgid "How APT Interprets Priorities"
4074msgstr ""
4075
4076#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4077#: apt_preferences.5.xml:312
4078msgid ""
4079"Priorities (P) assigned in the APT preferences file must be positive or "
4080"negative integers. They are interpreted as follows (roughly speaking):"
4081msgstr ""
4082
4083#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4084#: apt_preferences.5.xml:317
4085msgid "P &gt;= 1000"
4086msgstr ""
4087
4088#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4089#: apt_preferences.5.xml:318
4090msgid ""
4091"causes a version to be installed even if this constitutes a downgrade of the "
4092"package"
4093msgstr ""
4094
4095#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4096#: apt_preferences.5.xml:322
4097msgid "990 &lt;= P &lt; 1000"
4098msgstr ""
4099
4100#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4101#: apt_preferences.5.xml:323
4102msgid ""
4103"causes a version to be installed even if it does not come from the target "
4104"release, unless the installed version is more recent"
4105msgstr ""
4106
4107#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4108#: apt_preferences.5.xml:328
4109msgid "500 &lt;= P &lt; 990"
4110msgstr ""
4111
4112#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4113#: apt_preferences.5.xml:329
4114msgid ""
4115"causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4116"belonging to the target release or the installed version is more recent"
4117msgstr ""
4118
4119#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4120#: apt_preferences.5.xml:334
4121msgid "100 &lt;= P &lt; 500"
4122msgstr ""
4123
4124#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4125#: apt_preferences.5.xml:335
4126msgid ""
4127"causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4128"belonging to some other distribution or the installed version is more recent"
4129msgstr ""
4130
4131#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4132#: apt_preferences.5.xml:340
4133msgid "0 &lt; P &lt; 100"
4134msgstr ""
4135
4136#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4137#: apt_preferences.5.xml:341
4138msgid ""
4139"causes a version to be installed only if there is no installed version of "
4140"the package"
4141msgstr ""
4142
4143#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4144#: apt_preferences.5.xml:345
4145msgid "P &lt; 0"
4146msgstr ""
4147
4148#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4149#: apt_preferences.5.xml:346
4150msgid "prevents the version from being installed"
4151msgstr ""
4152
4153#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4154#: apt_preferences.5.xml:351
4155msgid ""
4156"If any specific-form records match an available package version then the "
4157"first such record determines the priority of the package version. Failing "
4158"that, if any general-form records match an available package version then "
4159"the first such record determines the priority of the package version."
4160msgstr ""
4161
4162#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4163#: apt_preferences.5.xml:357
4164msgid ""
4165"For example, suppose the APT preferences file contains the three records "
4166"presented earlier:"
4167msgstr ""
4168
4169#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4170#: apt_preferences.5.xml:361
4171#, no-wrap
4172msgid ""
4173"Package: perl\n"
4174"Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4175"Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4176"\n"
4177"Package: *\n"
4178"Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4179"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4180"\n"
4181"Package: *\n"
4182"Pin: release unstable\n"
4183"Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4184msgstr ""
4185
4186#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4187#: apt_preferences.5.xml:374
4188msgid "Then:"
4189msgstr ""
4190
4191#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4192#: apt_preferences.5.xml:376
4193msgid ""
4194"The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package "
4195"will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with "
4196"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> "
4197"&good-perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the "
4198"installed version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be "
4199"downgraded."
4200msgstr ""
4201
4202#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4203#: apt_preferences.5.xml:381
4204msgid ""
4205"A version of any package other than <literal>perl</literal> that is "
4206"available from the local system has priority over other versions, even "
4207"versions belonging to the target release."
4208msgstr ""
4209
4210#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4211#: apt_preferences.5.xml:385
4212msgid ""
4213"A version of a package whose origin is not the local system but some other "
4214"site listed in &sources-list; and which belongs to an "
4215"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution is only installed if it is selected "
4216"for installation and no version of the package is already installed."
4217msgstr ""
4218
4219#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4220#: apt_preferences.5.xml:395
4221msgid "Determination of Package Version and Distribution Properties"
4222msgstr ""
4223
4224#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4225#: apt_preferences.5.xml:397
4226msgid ""
4227"The locations listed in the &sources-list; file should provide "
4228"<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> files to "
4229"describe the packages available at that location."
4230msgstr ""
4231
4232#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4233#: apt_preferences.5.xml:401
4234msgid ""
4235"The <filename>Packages</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4236"<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>component</replaceable>/<replaceable>arch</replaceable></filename>: "
4237"for example, "
4238"<filename>.../dists/stable/main/binary-i386/Packages</filename>. It "
4239"consists of a series of multi-line records, one for each package available "
4240"in that directory. Only two lines in each record are relevant for setting "
4241"APT priorities:"
4242msgstr ""
4243
4244#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4245#: apt_preferences.5.xml:409
4246msgid "the <literal>Package:</literal> line"
4247msgstr ""
4248
4249#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4250#: apt_preferences.5.xml:410
4251msgid "gives the package name"
4252msgstr ""
4253
4254#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4255#: apt_preferences.5.xml:413 apt_preferences.5.xml:463
4256msgid "the <literal>Version:</literal> line"
4257msgstr ""
4258
4259#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4260#: apt_preferences.5.xml:414
4261msgid "gives the version number for the named package"
4262msgstr ""
4263
4264#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4265#: apt_preferences.5.xml:419
4266msgid ""
4267"The <filename>Release</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4268"<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable></filename>: for "
4269"example, <filename>.../dists/stable/Release</filename>, or "
4270"<filename>.../dists/&stable-codename;/Release</filename>. It consists of a "
4271"single multi-line record which applies to <emphasis>all</emphasis> of the "
4272"packages in the directory tree below its parent. Unlike the "
4273"<filename>Packages</filename> file, nearly all of the lines in a "
4274"<filename>Release</filename> file are relevant for setting APT priorities:"
4275msgstr ""
4276
4277#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4278#: apt_preferences.5.xml:430
4279msgid "the <literal>Archive:</literal> or <literal>Suite:</literal> line"
4280msgstr ""
4281
4282#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4283#: apt_preferences.5.xml:431
4284msgid ""
4285"names the archive to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4286"For example, the line \"Archive: stable\" or \"Suite: stable\" specifies "
4287"that all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4288"<filename>Release</filename> file are in a <literal>stable</literal> "
4289"archive. Specifying this value in the APT preferences file would require "
4290"the line:"
4291msgstr ""
4292
4293#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4294#: apt_preferences.5.xml:441
4295#, no-wrap
4296msgid "Pin: release a=stable\n"
4297msgstr ""
4298
4299#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4300#: apt_preferences.5.xml:447
4301msgid "the <literal>Codename:</literal> line"
4302msgstr ""
4303
4304#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4305#: apt_preferences.5.xml:448
4306msgid ""
4307"names the codename to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4308"For example, the line \"Codename: &testing-codename;\" specifies that all of "
4309"the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4310"<filename>Release</filename> file belong to a version named "
4311"<literal>&testing-codename;</literal>. Specifying this value in the APT "
4312"preferences file would require the line:"
4313msgstr ""
4314
4315#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4316#: apt_preferences.5.xml:457
4317#, no-wrap
4318msgid "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4319msgstr ""
4320
4321#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4322#: apt_preferences.5.xml:464
4323msgid ""
4324"names the release version. For example, the packages in the tree might "
4325"belong to Debian release version &stable-version;. Note that there is "
4326"normally no version number for the <literal>testing</literal> and "
4327"<literal>unstable</literal> distributions because they have not been "
4328"released yet. Specifying this in the APT preferences file would require one "
4329"of the following lines."
4330msgstr ""
4331
4332#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4333#: apt_preferences.5.xml:473
4334#, no-wrap
4335msgid ""
4336"Pin: release v=&stable-version;\n"
4337"Pin: release a=stable, v=&stable-version;\n"
4338"Pin: release &stable-version;\n"
4339msgstr ""
4340
4341#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4342#: apt_preferences.5.xml:482
4343msgid "the <literal>Component:</literal> line"
4344msgstr ""
4345
4346#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4347#: apt_preferences.5.xml:483
4348msgid ""
4349"names the licensing component associated with the packages in the directory "
4350"tree of the <filename>Release</filename> file. For example, the line "
4351"\"Component: main\" specifies that all the packages in the directory tree "
4352"are from the <literal>main</literal> component, which entails that they are "
4353"licensed under terms listed in the Debian Free Software Guidelines. "
4354"Specifying this component in the APT preferences file would require the "
4355"line:"
4356msgstr ""
4357
4358#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4359#: apt_preferences.5.xml:492
4360#, no-wrap
4361msgid "Pin: release c=main\n"
4362msgstr ""
4363
4364#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4365#: apt_preferences.5.xml:498
4366msgid "the <literal>Origin:</literal> line"
4367msgstr ""
4368
4369#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4370#: apt_preferences.5.xml:499
4371msgid ""
4372"names the originator of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4373"<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4374"<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this origin in the APT preferences "
4375"file would require the line:"
4376msgstr ""
4377
4378#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4379#: apt_preferences.5.xml:505
4380#, no-wrap
4381msgid "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4382msgstr ""
4383
4384#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4385#: apt_preferences.5.xml:511
4386msgid "the <literal>Label:</literal> line"
4387msgstr ""
4388
4389#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4390#: apt_preferences.5.xml:512
4391msgid ""
4392"names the label of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4393"<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4394"<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this label in the APT preferences "
4395"file would require the line:"
4396msgstr ""
4397
4398#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4399#: apt_preferences.5.xml:518
4400#, no-wrap
4401msgid "Pin: release l=Debian\n"
4402msgstr ""
4403
4404#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4405#: apt_preferences.5.xml:525
4406msgid ""
4407"All of the <filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> "
4408"files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored "
4409"in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file "
4410"named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the "
4411"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file "
4412"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> "
4413"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site "
4414"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> "
4415"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the "
4416"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution."
4417msgstr ""
4418
4419#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4420#: apt_preferences.5.xml:538
4421msgid "Optional Lines in an APT Preferences Record"
4422msgstr ""
4423
4424#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4425#: apt_preferences.5.xml:540
4426msgid ""
4427"Each record in the APT preferences file can optionally begin with one or "
4428"more lines beginning with the word <literal>Explanation:</literal>. This "
4429"provides a place for comments."
4430msgstr ""
4431
4432#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4433#: apt_preferences.5.xml:549
4434msgid "Tracking Stable"
4435msgstr ""
4436
4437#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4438#: apt_preferences.5.xml:557
4439#, no-wrap
4440msgid ""
4441"Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated\n"
4442"Explanation: package versions other than those in the stable distro\n"
4443"Package: *\n"
4444"Pin: release a=stable\n"
4445"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4446"\n"
4447"Package: *\n"
4448"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4449"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
4450msgstr ""
4451
4452#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4453#: apt_preferences.5.xml:551
4454msgid ""
4455"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
4456"higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
4457"<literal>stable</literal> distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
4458"package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> "
4459"distributions. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4460msgstr ""
4461
4462#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4463#: apt_preferences.5.xml:574 apt_preferences.5.xml:620 apt_preferences.5.xml:678
4464#, no-wrap
4465msgid ""
4466"apt-get install <replaceable>package-name</replaceable>\n"
4467"apt-get upgrade\n"
4468"apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
4469msgstr ""
4470
4471#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4472#: apt_preferences.5.xml:569
4473msgid ""
4474"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
4475"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
4476"<literal>stable</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4477"id=\"0\"/>"
4478msgstr ""
4479
4480#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4481#: apt_preferences.5.xml:586
4482#, no-wrap
4483msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/testing\n"
4484msgstr ""
4485
4486#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4487#: apt_preferences.5.xml:580
4488msgid ""
4489"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
4490"latest version from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution; the package "
4491"will not be upgraded again unless this command is given again. <placeholder "
4492"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4493msgstr ""
4494
4495#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4496#: apt_preferences.5.xml:592
4497msgid "Tracking Testing or Unstable"
4498msgstr ""
4499
4500#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4501#: apt_preferences.5.xml:601
4502#, no-wrap
4503msgid ""
4504"Package: *\n"
4505"Pin: release a=testing\n"
4506"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4507"\n"
4508"Package: *\n"
4509"Pin: release a=unstable\n"
4510"Pin-Priority: 800\n"
4511"\n"
4512"Package: *\n"
4513"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4514"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
4515msgstr ""
4516
4517#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4518#: apt_preferences.5.xml:594
4519msgid ""
4520"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a high priority "
4521"to package versions from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution, a "
4522"lower priority to package versions from the <literal>unstable</literal> "
4523"distribution, and a prohibitively low priority to package versions from "
4524"other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions. <placeholder "
4525"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4526msgstr ""
4527
4528#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4529#: apt_preferences.5.xml:615
4530msgid ""
4531"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
4532"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
4533"<literal>testing</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4534"id=\"0\"/>"
4535msgstr ""
4536
4537#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4538#: apt_preferences.5.xml:635
4539#, no-wrap
4540msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/unstable\n"
4541msgstr ""
4542
4543#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4544#: apt_preferences.5.xml:626
4545msgid ""
4546"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
4547"latest version from the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution. "
4548"Thereafter, <command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to "
4549"the most recent <literal>testing</literal> version if that is more recent "
4550"than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
4551"<literal>unstable</literal> version if that is more recent than the "
4552"installed version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4553msgstr ""
4554
4555#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4556#: apt_preferences.5.xml:642
4557msgid "Tracking the evolution of a codename release"
4558msgstr ""
4559
4560#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4561#: apt_preferences.5.xml:656
4562#, no-wrap
4563msgid ""
4564"Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated package "
4565"versions\n"
4566"Explanation: other than those in the distribution codenamed with "
4567"&testing-codename; or sid\n"
4568"Package: *\n"
4569"Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4570"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4571"\n"
4572"Explanation: Debian unstable is always codenamed with sid\n"
4573"Package: *\n"
4574"Pin: release n=sid\n"
4575"Pin-Priority: 800\n"
4576"\n"
4577"Package: *\n"
4578"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4579"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
4580msgstr ""
4581
4582#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4583#: apt_preferences.5.xml:644
4584msgid ""
4585"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
4586"higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
4587"specified codename of a distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
4588"package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions, "
4589"codenames and archives. Note that with this APT preference APT will follow "
4590"the migration of a release from the archive <literal>testing</literal> to "
4591"<literal>stable</literal> and later <literal>oldstable</literal>. If you "
4592"want to follow for example the progress in <literal>testing</literal> "
4593"notwithstanding the codename changes you should use the example "
4594"configurations above. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4595msgstr ""
4596
4597#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4598#: apt_preferences.5.xml:673
4599msgid ""
4600"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
4601"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest version(s) in "
4602"the release codenamed with <literal>&testing-codename;</literal>. "
4603"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4604msgstr ""
4605
4606#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4607#: apt_preferences.5.xml:693
4608#, no-wrap
4609msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/sid\n"
4610msgstr ""
4611
4612#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4613#: apt_preferences.5.xml:684
4614msgid ""
4615"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
4616"latest version from the <literal>sid</literal> distribution. Thereafter, "
4617"<command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to the most "
4618"recent <literal>&testing-codename;</literal> version if that is more recent "
4619"than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
4620"<literal>sid</literal> version if that is more recent than the installed "
4621"version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4622msgstr ""
4623
4624#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4625#: apt_preferences.5.xml:708
4626msgid "&apt-get; &apt-cache; &apt-conf; &sources-list;"
4627msgstr ""
4628
4629#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
4630#: sources.list.5.xml:35
4631msgid "List of configured APT data sources"
4632msgstr ""
4633
4634#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4635#: sources.list.5.xml:40
4636msgid ""
4637"The source list <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> is designed to "
4638"support any number of active sources and a variety of source media. The file "
4639"lists one source per line, with the most preferred source listed first. The "
4640"information available from the configured sources is acquired by "
4641"<command>apt-get update</command> (or by an equivalent command from another "
4642"APT front-end)."
4643msgstr ""
4644
4645#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4646#: sources.list.5.xml:47
4647msgid ""
4648"Each line specifying a source starts with type "
4649"(e.g. <literal>deb-src</literal>) followed by options and arguments for "
4650"this type. Individual entries cannot be continued onto a following "
4651"line. Empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character anywhere "
4652"on a line marks the remainder of that line as a comment."
4653msgstr ""
4654
4655#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4656#: sources.list.5.xml:55
4657msgid "sources.list.d"
4658msgstr ""
4659
4660#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4661#: sources.list.5.xml:56
4662msgid ""
4663"The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory provides a way to "
4664"add sources.list entries in separate files. The format is the same as for "
4665"the regular <filename>sources.list</filename> file. File names need to end "
4666"with <filename>.list</filename> and may only contain letters (a-z and A-Z), "
4667"digits (0-9), underscore (_), hyphen (-) and period (.) characters. "
4668"Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
4669"file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
4670"configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
4671msgstr ""
4672
4673#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4674#: sources.list.5.xml:67
4675msgid "The deb and deb-src types"
4676msgstr ""
4677
4678#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4679#: sources.list.5.xml:68
4680msgid ""
4681"The <literal>deb</literal> type references a typical two-level Debian "
4682"archive, <filename>distribution/component</filename>. The "
4683"<literal>distribution</literal> is generally an archive name like "
4684"<literal>stable</literal> or <literal>testing</literal> or a codename like "
4685"<literal>&stable-codename;</literal> or "
4686"<literal>&testing-codename;</literal> while component is one of "
4687"<literal>main</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal> or "
4688"<literal>non-free</literal>. The <literal>deb-src</literal> type references "
4689"a Debian distribution's source code in the same form as the "
4690"<literal>deb</literal> type. A <literal>deb-src</literal> line is required "
4691"to fetch source indexes."
4692msgstr ""
4693
4694#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4695#: sources.list.5.xml:79
4696msgid ""
4697"The format for a <filename>sources.list</filename> entry using the "
4698"<literal>deb</literal> and <literal>deb-src</literal> types is:"
4699msgstr ""
4700
4701#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
4702#: sources.list.5.xml:82
4703#, no-wrap
4704msgid "deb [ options ] uri suite [component1] [component2] [...]"
4705msgstr ""
4706
4707#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
4708#: sources.list.5.xml:86
4709#, no-wrap
4710msgid ""
4711" Types: deb deb-src\n"
4712" URIs: http://example.com\n"
4713" Suites: stable testing\n"
4714" Sections: component1 component2\n"
4715" Description: short\n"
4716" long long long\n"
4717" [option1]: [option1-value]\n"
4718"\n"
4719" Types: deb\n"
4720" URIs: http://another.example.com\n"
4721" Suites: experimental\n"
4722" Sections: component1 component2\n"
4723" Enabled: no\n"
4724" Description: short\n"
4725" long long long\n"
4726" [option1]: [option1-value]\n"
4727" "
4728msgstr ""
4729
4730#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4731#: sources.list.5.xml:84
4732msgid ""
4733"Alternatively a rfc822 style format is also supported: <placeholder "
4734"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
4735msgstr ""
4736
4737#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4738#: sources.list.5.xml:105
4739msgid ""
4740"The URI for the <literal>deb</literal> type must specify the base of the "
4741"Debian distribution, from which APT will find the information it needs. "
4742"<literal>suite</literal> can specify an exact path, in which case the "
4743"components must be omitted and <literal>suite</literal> must end with a "
4744"slash (<literal>/</literal>). This is useful for the case when only a "
4745"particular sub-section of the archive denoted by the URI is of interest. If "
4746"<literal>suite</literal> does not specify an exact path, at least one "
4747"<literal>component</literal> must be present."
4748msgstr ""
4749
4750#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4751#: sources.list.5.xml:114
4752msgid ""
4753"<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, "
4754"<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as "
4755"<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the "
4756"system. This permits architecture-independent "
4757"<filename>sources.list</filename> files to be used. In general this is only "
4758"of interest when specifying an exact path, <literal>APT</literal> will "
4759"automatically generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise."
4760msgstr ""
4761
4762#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4763#: sources.list.5.xml:122
4764msgid ""
4765"In the traditional style sources.list format since only one distribution can "
4766"be specified per line it may be necessary to have multiple lines for the "
4767"same URI, if a subset of all available distributions or components at that "
4768"location is desired. APT will sort the URI list after it has generated a "
4769"complete set internally, and will collapse multiple references to the same "
4770"Internet host, for instance, into a single connection, so that it does not "
4771"inefficiently establish an FTP connection, close it, do something else, and "
4772"then re-establish a connection to that same host. This feature is useful for "
4773"accessing busy FTP sites with limits on the number of simultaneous anonymous "
4774"users. APT also parallelizes connections to different hosts to more "
4775"effectively deal with sites with low bandwidth."
4776msgstr ""
4777
4778#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4779#: sources.list.5.xml:136
4780msgid ""
4781"<literal>options</literal> is always optional and needs to be surrounded by "
4782"square brackets. It can consist of multiple settings in the form "
4783"<literal><replaceable>setting</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>. "
4784"Multiple settings are separated by spaces. The following settings are "
4785"supported by APT (note however that unsupported settings will be ignored "
4786"silently):"
4787msgstr ""
4788
4789#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4790#: sources.list.5.xml:142
4791msgid ""
4792"<literal>arch=<replaceable>arch1</replaceable>,<replaceable>arch2</replaceable>,…</literal> "
4793"can be used to specify for which architectures information should be "
4794"downloaded. If this option is not set all architectures defined by the "
4795"<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> option will be downloaded."
4796msgstr ""
4797
4798#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4799#: sources.list.5.xml:146
4800msgid ""
4801"<literal>arch+=<replaceable>arch1</replaceable>,<replaceable>arch2</replaceable>,…</literal> "
4802"and "
4803"<literal>arch-=<replaceable>arch1</replaceable>,<replaceable>arch2</replaceable>,…</literal> "
4804"which can be used to add/remove architectures from the set which will be "
4805"downloaded."
4806msgstr ""
4807
4808#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4809#: sources.list.5.xml:149
4810msgid ""
4811"<literal>trusted=yes</literal> can be set to indicate that packages from "
4812"this source are always authenticated even if the "
4813"<filename>Release</filename> file is not signed or the signature can't be "
4814"checked. This disables parts of &apt-secure; and should therefore only be "
4815"used in a local and trusted context. <literal>trusted=no</literal> is the "
4816"opposite which handles even correctly authenticated sources as not "
4817"authenticated."
4818msgstr ""
4819
4820#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4821#: sources.list.5.xml:156
4822msgid ""
4823"It is important to list sources in order of preference, with the most "
4824"preferred source listed first. Typically this will result in sorting by "
4825"speed from fastest to slowest (CD-ROM followed by hosts on a local network, "
4826"followed by distant Internet hosts, for example)."
4827msgstr ""
4828
4829#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4830#: sources.list.5.xml:161
4831msgid "Some examples:"
4832msgstr ""
4833
4834#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
4835#: sources.list.5.xml:163
4836#, no-wrap
4837msgid ""
4838"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; main contrib non-free\n"
4839"deb http://security.debian.org/ &stable-codename;/updates main contrib "
4840"non-free\n"
4841" "
4842msgstr ""
4843
4844#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4845#: sources.list.5.xml:169
4846msgid "URI specification"
4847msgstr ""
4848
4849#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4850#: sources.list.5.xml:171
4851msgid "The currently recognized URI types are:"
4852msgstr ""
4853
4854#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4855#: sources.list.5.xml:175
4856msgid ""
4857"The file scheme allows an arbitrary directory in the file system to be "
4858"considered an archive. This is useful for NFS mounts and local mirrors or "
4859"archives."
4860msgstr ""
4861
4862#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4863#: sources.list.5.xml:182
4864msgid ""
4865"The cdrom scheme allows APT to use a local CD-ROM drive with media "
4866"swapping. Use the &apt-cdrom; program to create cdrom entries in the source "
4867"list."
4868msgstr ""
4869
4870#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4871#: sources.list.5.xml:189
4872msgid ""
4873"The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an environment "
4874"variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is set with the format "
4875"http://server:port/, the proxy server specified in <envar>http_proxy</envar> "
4876"will be used. Users of authenticated HTTP/1.1 proxies may use a string of "
4877"the format http://user:pass@server:port/. Note that this is an insecure "
4878"method of authentication."
4879msgstr ""
4880
4881#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4882#: sources.list.5.xml:200
4883msgid ""
4884"The ftp scheme specifies an FTP server for the archive. APT's FTP behavior "
4885"is highly configurable; for more information see the &apt-conf; manual "
4886"page. Please note that an FTP proxy can be specified by using the "
4887"<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable. It is possible to specify an "
4888"HTTP proxy (HTTP proxy servers often understand FTP URLs) using this "
4889"environment variable and <emphasis>only</emphasis> this environment "
4890"variable. Proxies using HTTP specified in the configuration file will be "
4891"ignored."
4892msgstr ""
4893
4894#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4895#: sources.list.5.xml:212
4896msgid ""
4897"The copy scheme is identical to the file scheme except that packages are "
4898"copied into the cache directory instead of used directly at their location. "
4899"This is useful for people using removable media to copy files around with "
4900"APT."
4901msgstr ""
4902
4903#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4904#: sources.list.5.xml:219
4905msgid ""
4906"The rsh/ssh method invokes RSH/SSH to connect to a remote host and access "
4907"the files as a given user. Prior configuration of rhosts or RSA keys is "
4908"recommended. The standard <command>find</command> and <command>dd</command> "
4909"commands are used to perform the file transfers from the remote host."
4910msgstr ""
4911
4912#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4913#: sources.list.5.xml:226
4914msgid "adding more recognizable URI types"
4915msgstr ""
4916
4917#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4918#: sources.list.5.xml:228
4919msgid ""
4920"APT can be extended with more methods shipped in other optional packages, "
4921"which should follow the naming scheme "
4922"<package>apt-transport-<replaceable>method</replaceable></package>. For "
4923"instance, the APT team also maintains the package "
4924"<package>apt-transport-https</package>, which provides access methods for "
4925"HTTPS URIs with features similar to the http method. Methods for using "
4926"e.g. debtorrent are also available - see &apt-transport-debtorrent;."
4927msgstr ""
4928
4929#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4930#: sources.list.5.xml:240
4931msgid ""
4932"Uses the archive stored locally (or NFS mounted) at /home/jason/debian for "
4933"stable/main, stable/contrib, and stable/non-free."
4934msgstr ""
4935
4936#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
4937#: sources.list.5.xml:242
4938#, no-wrap
4939msgid "deb file:/home/jason/debian stable main contrib non-free"
4940msgstr ""
4941
4942#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4943#: sources.list.5.xml:244
4944msgid "As above, except this uses the unstable (development) distribution."
4945msgstr ""
4946
4947#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
4948#: sources.list.5.xml:245
4949#, no-wrap
4950msgid "deb file:/home/jason/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
4951msgstr ""
4952
4953#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4954#: sources.list.5.xml:247
4955msgid "Source line for the above"
4956msgstr ""
4957
4958#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
4959#: sources.list.5.xml:248
4960#, no-wrap
4961msgid "deb-src file:/home/jason/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
4962msgstr ""
4963
4964#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4965#: sources.list.5.xml:250
4966msgid ""
4967"The first line gets package information for the architectures in "
4968"<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> while the second always retrieves "
4969"<literal>amd64</literal> and <literal>armel</literal>."
4970msgstr ""
4971
4972#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
4973#: sources.list.5.xml:252
4974#, no-wrap
4975msgid ""
4976"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; main\n"
4977"deb [ arch=amd64,armel ] http://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; main"
4978msgstr ""
4979
4980#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4981#: sources.list.5.xml:255
4982msgid ""
4983"Uses HTTP to access the archive at archive.debian.org, and uses only the "
4984"hamm/main area."
4985msgstr ""
4986
4987#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
4988#: sources.list.5.xml:257
4989#, no-wrap
4990msgid "deb http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive hamm main"
4991msgstr ""
4992
4993#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4994#: sources.list.5.xml:259
4995msgid ""
4996"Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
4997"directory, and uses only the &stable-codename;/contrib area."
4998msgstr ""
4999
5000#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5001#: sources.list.5.xml:261
5002#, no-wrap
5003msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; contrib"
5004msgstr ""
5005
5006#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5007#: sources.list.5.xml:263
5008msgid ""
5009"Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5010"directory, and uses only the unstable/contrib area. If this line appears as "
5011"well as the one in the previous example in <filename>sources.list</filename> "
5012"a single FTP session will be used for both resource lines."
5013msgstr ""
5014
5015#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5016#: sources.list.5.xml:267
5017#, no-wrap
5018msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian unstable contrib"
5019msgstr ""
5020
5021#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5022#: sources.list.5.xml:276
5023#, no-wrap
5024msgid "deb http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5025msgstr ""
5026
5027#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5028#: sources.list.5.xml:269
5029msgid ""
5030"Uses HTTP to access the archive at ftp.tlh.debian.org, under the universe "
5031"directory, and uses only files found under "
5032"<filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename> on i386 machines, "
5033"<filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> on amd64, and so forth for other "
5034"supported architectures. [Note this example only illustrates how to use the "
5035"substitution variable; official debian archives are not structured like "
5036"this] <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
5037msgstr ""
5038
5039#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5040#: sources.list.5.xml:281
5041msgid "&apt-cache; &apt-conf;"
5042msgstr ""
5043
5044#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
5045#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:28 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:28 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:28
5046msgid "1"
5047msgstr ""
5048
5049#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5050#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:35
5051msgid ""
5052"Utility to extract <command>debconf</command> config and templates from "
5053"Debian packages"
5054msgstr ""
5055
5056#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5057#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:41
5058msgid ""
5059"<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> will take one or more Debian package "
5060"files as input and write out (to a temporary directory) all associated "
5061"config scripts and template files. For each passed in package that contains "
5062"config scripts and templates, one line of output will be generated in the "
5063"format:"
5064msgstr ""
5065
5066#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5067#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:46
5068msgid "package version template-file config-script"
5069msgstr ""
5070
5071#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5072#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:47
5073msgid ""
5074"template-file and config-script are written to the temporary directory "
5075"specified by the <option>-t</option> or <option>--tempdir</option> "
5076"(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, with "
5077"filenames of the form <filename>package.template.XXXX</filename> and "
5078"<filename>package.config.XXXX</filename>"
5079msgstr ""
5080
5081#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5082#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:60
5083msgid ""
5084"Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> "
5085"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: "
5086"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>"
5087msgstr ""
5088
5089#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5090#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:77
5091msgid ""
5092"<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> returns zero on normal operation, "
5093"decimal 100 on error."
5094msgstr ""
5095
5096#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5097#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:35
5098msgid "Utility to sort package index files"
5099msgstr ""
5100
5101#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5102#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:41
5103msgid ""
5104"<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> will take an index file (source index or "
5105"package index) and sort the records so that they are ordered by the package "
5106"name. It will also sort the internal fields of each record according to the "
5107"internal sorting rules."
5108msgstr ""
5109
5110#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5111#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:47
5112msgid "All output is sent to standard output; the input must be a seekable file."
5113msgstr ""
5114
5115#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5116#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:56
5117msgid ""
5118"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: "
5119"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>."
5120msgstr ""
5121
5122#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5123#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:70
5124msgid ""
5125"<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
5126"100 on error."
5127msgstr ""
5128
5129#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5130#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:35
5131msgid "Utility to generate index files"
5132msgstr ""
5133
5134#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5135#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:41
5136msgid ""
5137"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is the command line tool that generates "
5138"the index files that APT uses to access a distribution source. The index "
5139"files should be generated on the origin site based on the content of that "
5140"site."
5141msgstr ""
5142
5143#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5144#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:45
5145msgid ""
5146"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is a superset of the &dpkg-scanpackages; "
5147"program, incorporating its entire functionality via the "
5148"<literal>packages</literal> command. It also contains a contents file "
5149"generator, <literal>contents</literal>, and an elaborate means to 'script' "
5150"the generation process for a complete archive."
5151msgstr ""
5152
5153#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5154#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:51
5155msgid ""
5156"Internally <command>apt-ftparchive</command> can make use of binary "
5157"databases to cache the contents of a .deb file and it does not rely on any "
5158"external programs aside from &gzip;. When doing a full generate it "
5159"automatically performs file-change checks and builds the desired compressed "
5160"output files."
5161msgstr ""
5162
5163#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5164#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:62
5165msgid ""
5166"The packages command generates a package file from a directory tree. It "
5167"takes the given directory and recursively searches it for .deb files, "
5168"emitting a package record to stdout for each. This command is approximately "
5169"equivalent to &dpkg-scanpackages;."
5170msgstr ""
5171
5172#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5173#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:67 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:91
5174msgid "The option <option>--db</option> can be used to specify a binary caching DB."
5175msgstr ""
5176
5177#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5178#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:72
5179msgid ""
5180"The <literal>sources</literal> command generates a source index file from a "
5181"directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it "
5182"for .dsc files, emitting a source record to stdout for each. This command is "
5183"approximately equivalent to &dpkg-scansources;."
5184msgstr ""
5185
5186#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5187#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:77
5188msgid ""
5189"If an override file is specified then a source override file will be looked "
5190"for with an extension of .src. The --source-override option can be used to "
5191"change the source override file that will be used."
5192msgstr ""
5193
5194#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5195#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:84
5196msgid ""
5197"The <literal>contents</literal> command generates a contents file from a "
5198"directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it for "
5199".deb files, and reads the file list from each file. It then sorts and writes "
5200"to stdout the list of files matched to packages. Directories are not written "
5201"to the output. If multiple packages own the same file then each package is "
5202"separated by a comma in the output."
5203msgstr ""
5204
5205#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5206#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:96
5207msgid ""
5208"The <literal>release</literal> command generates a Release file from a "
5209"directory tree. It recursively searches the given directory for uncompressed "
5210"<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Sources</filename> files and "
5211"ones compressed with <command>gzip</command>, <command>bzip2</command> or "
5212"<command>lzma</command> as well as <filename>Release</filename> and "
5213"<filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by default "
5214"(<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). Additional "
5215"filename patterns can be added by listing them in "
5216"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to "
5217"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing an MD5, SHA1 and "
5218"SHA256 digest for each file."
5219msgstr ""
5220
5221#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5222#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:106
5223msgid ""
5224"Values for the additional metadata fields in the Release file are taken from "
5225"the corresponding variables under "
5226"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, "
5227"e.g. <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. The supported "
5228"fields are: <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, "
5229"<literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, "
5230"<literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, "
5231"<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Architectures</literal>, "
5232"<literal>Components</literal>, <literal>Description</literal>."
5233msgstr ""
5234
5235#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5236#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:119
5237msgid ""
5238"The <literal>generate</literal> command is designed to be runnable from a "
5239"cron script and builds indexes according to the given config file. The "
5240"config language provides a flexible means of specifying which index files "
5241"are built from which directories, as well as providing a simple means of "
5242"maintaining the required settings."
5243msgstr ""
5244
5245#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5246#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:128
5247msgid ""
5248"The <literal>clean</literal> command tidies the databases used by the given "
5249"configuration file by removing any records that are no longer necessary."
5250msgstr ""
5251
5252#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5253#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:134
5254msgid "The Generate Configuration"
5255msgstr ""
5256
5257#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5258#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:136
5259msgid ""
5260"The <literal>generate</literal> command uses a configuration file to "
5261"describe the archives that are going to be generated. It follows the typical "
5262"ISC configuration format as seen in ISC tools like bind 8 and dhcpd. "
5263"&apt-conf; contains a description of the syntax. Note that the generate "
5264"configuration is parsed in sectional manner, but &apt-conf; is parsed in a "
5265"tree manner. This only effects how the scope tag is handled."
5266msgstr ""
5267
5268#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5269#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:144
5270msgid "The generate configuration has four separate sections, each described below."
5271msgstr ""
5272
5273#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5274#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:146
5275msgid "<literal>Dir</literal> Section"
5276msgstr ""
5277
5278#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5279#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:148
5280msgid ""
5281"The <literal>Dir</literal> section defines the standard directories needed "
5282"to locate the files required during the generation process. These "
5283"directories are prepended certain relative paths defined in later sections "
5284"to produce a complete an absolute path."
5285msgstr ""
5286
5287#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5288#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:155
5289msgid ""
5290"Specifies the root of the FTP archive, in a standard Debian configuration "
5291"this is the directory that contains the <filename>ls-LR</filename> and dist "
5292"nodes."
5293msgstr ""
5294
5295#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5296#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:162
5297msgid "Specifies the location of the override files."
5298msgstr ""
5299
5300#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5301#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:167
5302msgid "Specifies the location of the cache files."
5303msgstr ""
5304
5305#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5306#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:172
5307msgid ""
5308"Specifies the location of the file list files, if the "
5309"<literal>FileList</literal> setting is used below."
5310msgstr ""
5311
5312#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5313#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:178
5314msgid "<literal>Default</literal> Section"
5315msgstr ""
5316
5317#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5318#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:180
5319msgid ""
5320"The <literal>Default</literal> section specifies default values, and "
5321"settings that control the operation of the generator. Other sections may "
5322"override these defaults with a per-section setting."
5323msgstr ""
5324
5325#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5326#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:186
5327msgid ""
5328"Sets the default compression schemes to use for the package index files. It "
5329"is a string that contains a space separated list of at least one of: '.' (no "
5330"compression), 'gzip' and 'bzip2'. The default for all compression schemes is "
5331"'. gzip'."
5332msgstr ""
5333
5334#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5335#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:194
5336msgid ""
5337"Sets the default list of file extensions that are package files. This "
5338"defaults to '.deb'."
5339msgstr ""
5340
5341#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5342#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:200
5343msgid ""
5344"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
5345"controls the compression for the Sources files."
5346msgstr ""
5347
5348#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5349#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:206
5350msgid ""
5351"Sets the default list of file extensions that are source files. This "
5352"defaults to '.dsc'."
5353msgstr ""
5354
5355#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5356#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:212
5357msgid ""
5358"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
5359"controls the compression for the Contents files."
5360msgstr ""
5361
5362#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5363#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:218
5364msgid ""
5365"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
5366"controls the compression for the Translation-en master file."
5367msgstr ""
5368
5369#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5370#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:224
5371msgid ""
5372"Specifies the number of kilobytes to delink (and replace with hard links) "
5373"per run. This is used in conjunction with the per-section "
5374"<literal>External-Links</literal> setting."
5375msgstr ""
5376
5377#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5378#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:231
5379msgid ""
5380"Specifies the mode of all created index files. It defaults to 0644. All "
5381"index files are set to this mode with no regard to the umask."
5382msgstr ""
5383
5384#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5385#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:238 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:384
5386msgid ""
5387"Specifies whether long descriptions should be included in the "
5388"<filename>Packages</filename> file or split out into a master "
5389"<filename>Translation-en</filename> file."
5390msgstr ""
5391
5392#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5393#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:244
5394msgid "<literal>TreeDefault</literal> Section"
5395msgstr ""
5396
5397#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5398#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:246
5399msgid ""
5400"Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these "
5401"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), "
5402"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values."
5403msgstr ""
5404
5405#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5406#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:253
5407msgid ""
5408"Sets the number of kilobytes of contents files that are generated each "
5409"day. The contents files are round-robined so that over several days they "
5410"will all be rebuilt."
5411msgstr ""
5412
5413#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5414#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:260
5415msgid ""
5416"Controls the number of days a contents file is allowed to be checked without "
5417"changing. If this limit is passed the mtime of the contents file is "
5418"updated. This case can occur if the package file is changed in such a way "
5419"that does not result in a new contents file [override edit for instance]. A "
5420"hold off is allowed in hopes that new .debs will be installed, requiring a "
5421"new file anyhow. The default is 10, the units are in days."
5422msgstr ""
5423
5424#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5425#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:271
5426msgid ""
5427"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to "
5428"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>"
5429msgstr ""
5430
5431#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5432#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:277
5433msgid ""
5434"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to "
5435"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>"
5436msgstr ""
5437
5438#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5439#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:283
5440msgid ""
5441"Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to "
5442"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>"
5443msgstr ""
5444
5445#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5446#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:289
5447msgid ""
5448"Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to "
5449"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>"
5450msgstr ""
5451
5452#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5453#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:295
5454msgid ""
5455"Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if "
5456"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to "
5457"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>"
5458msgstr ""
5459
5460#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5461#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:302
5462msgid ""
5463"Sets the path prefix that causes a symlink to be considered an internal link "
5464"instead of an external link. Defaults to "
5465"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/</filename>"
5466msgstr ""
5467
5468#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5469#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:309
5470msgid ""
5471"Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to "
5472"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting "
5473"causes multiple Packages files to map onto a single Contents file (as is the "
5474"default) then <command>apt-ftparchive</command> will integrate those "
5475"package files together automatically."
5476msgstr ""
5477
5478#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5479#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:318
5480msgid "Sets header file to prepend to the contents output."
5481msgstr ""
5482
5483#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5484#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:323
5485msgid ""
5486"Sets the binary cache database to use for this section. Multiple sections "
5487"can share the same database."
5488msgstr ""
5489
5490#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5491#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:329
5492msgid ""
5493"Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
5494"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
5495"given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory."
5496msgstr ""
5497
5498#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5499#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:336
5500msgid ""
5501"Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
5502"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
5503"given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory. "
5504"This is used when processing source indexes."
5505msgstr ""
5506
5507#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5508#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:344
5509msgid "<literal>Tree</literal> Section"
5510msgstr ""
5511
5512#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5513#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:346
5514msgid ""
5515"The <literal>Tree</literal> section defines a standard Debian file tree "
5516"which consists of a base directory, then multiple sections in that base "
5517"directory and finally multiple Architectures in each section. The exact "
5518"pathing used is defined by the <literal>Directory</literal> substitution "
5519"variable."
5520msgstr ""
5521
5522#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5523#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:351
5524msgid ""
5525"The <literal>Tree</literal> section takes a scope tag which sets the "
5526"<literal>$(DIST)</literal> variable and defines the root of the tree (the "
5527"path is prefixed by <literal>ArchiveDir</literal>). Typically this is a "
5528"setting such as <filename>dists/&stable-codename;</filename>."
5529msgstr ""
5530
5531#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5532#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:356
5533msgid ""
5534"All of the settings defined in the <literal>TreeDefault</literal> section "
5535"can be used in a <literal>Tree</literal> section as well as three new "
5536"variables."
5537msgstr ""
5538
5539#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5540#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:362
5541#, no-wrap
5542msgid ""
5543"for i in Sections do \n"
5544" for j in Architectures do\n"
5545" Generate for DIST=scope SECTION=i ARCH=j\n"
5546" "
5547msgstr ""
5548
5549#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5550#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:359
5551msgid ""
5552"When processing a <literal>Tree</literal> section "
5553"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> performs an operation similar to: "
5554"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5555msgstr ""
5556
5557#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5558#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:370
5559msgid ""
5560"This is a space separated list of sections which appear under the "
5561"distribution; typically this is something like <literal>main contrib "
5562"non-free</literal>"
5563msgstr ""
5564
5565#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5566#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:377
5567msgid ""
5568"This is a space separated list of all the architectures that appear under "
5569"search section. The special architecture 'source' is used to indicate that "
5570"this tree has a source archive."
5571msgstr ""
5572
5573#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5574#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:390
5575msgid ""
5576"Sets the binary override file. The override file contains section, priority "
5577"and maintainer address information."
5578msgstr ""
5579
5580#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5581#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:396
5582msgid ""
5583"Sets the source override file. The override file contains section "
5584"information."
5585msgstr ""
5586
5587#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5588#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:402 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:448
5589msgid "Sets the binary extra override file."
5590msgstr ""
5591
5592#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5593#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:407 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:453
5594msgid "Sets the source extra override file."
5595msgstr ""
5596
5597#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5598#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:412
5599msgid "<literal>BinDirectory</literal> Section"
5600msgstr ""
5601
5602#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5603#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:414
5604msgid ""
5605"The <literal>bindirectory</literal> section defines a binary directory tree "
5606"with no special structure. The scope tag specifies the location of the "
5607"binary directory and the settings are similar to the <literal>Tree</literal> "
5608"section with no substitution variables or "
5609"<literal>Section</literal><literal>Architecture</literal> settings."
5610msgstr ""
5611
5612#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5613#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:422
5614msgid "Sets the Packages file output."
5615msgstr ""
5616
5617#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5618#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:427
5619msgid ""
5620"Sets the Sources file output. At least one of <literal>Packages</literal> or "
5621"<literal>Sources</literal> is required."
5622msgstr ""
5623
5624#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5625#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:433
5626msgid "Sets the Contents file output (optional)."
5627msgstr ""
5628
5629#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5630#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:438
5631msgid "Sets the binary override file."
5632msgstr ""
5633
5634#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5635#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:443
5636msgid "Sets the source override file."
5637msgstr ""
5638
5639#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5640#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:458
5641msgid "Sets the cache DB."
5642msgstr ""
5643
5644#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5645#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:463
5646msgid "Appends a path to all the output paths."
5647msgstr ""
5648
5649#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5650#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:468
5651msgid "Specifies the file list file."
5652msgstr ""
5653
5654#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5655#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:475
5656msgid "The Binary Override File"
5657msgstr ""
5658
5659#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5660#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:476
5661msgid ""
5662"The binary override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scanpackages;. It "
5663"contains four fields separated by spaces. The first field is the package "
5664"name, the second is the priority to force that package to, the third is the "
5665"section to force that package to and the final field is the maintainer "
5666"permutation field."
5667msgstr ""
5668
5669#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5670#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:482
5671#, no-wrap
5672msgid "old [// oldn]* => new"
5673msgstr ""
5674
5675#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5676#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:484
5677#, no-wrap
5678msgid "new"
5679msgstr ""
5680
5681#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5682#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:481
5683msgid ""
5684"The general form of the maintainer field is: <placeholder "
5685"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or simply, <placeholder "
5686"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> The first form allows a double-slash "
5687"separated list of old email addresses to be specified. If any of those are "
5688"found then new is substituted for the maintainer field. The second form "
5689"unconditionally substitutes the maintainer field."
5690msgstr ""
5691
5692#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5693#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:492
5694msgid "The Source Override File"
5695msgstr ""
5696
5697#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5698#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:494
5699msgid ""
5700"The source override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scansources;. It "
5701"contains two fields separated by spaces. The first field is the source "
5702"package name, the second is the section to assign it."
5703msgstr ""
5704
5705#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5706#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:499
5707msgid "The Extra Override File"
5708msgstr ""
5709
5710#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5711#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:501
5712msgid ""
5713"The extra override file allows any arbitrary tag to be added or replaced in "
5714"the output. It has three columns, the first is the package, the second is "
5715"the tag and the remainder of the line is the new value."
5716msgstr ""
5717
5718#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5719#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:512
5720msgid ""
5721"Generate the given checksum. These options default to on, when turned off "
5722"the generated index files will not have the checksum fields where possible. "
5723"Configuration Items: "
5724"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> and "
5725"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> "
5726"where <literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></literal> can be "
5727"<literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> or "
5728"<literal>Release</literal> and "
5729"<literal><replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> can be "
5730"<literal>MD5</literal>, <literal>SHA1</literal> or "
5731"<literal>SHA256</literal>."
5732msgstr ""
5733
5734#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5735#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:523
5736msgid ""
5737"Use a binary caching DB. This has no effect on the generate command. "
5738"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DB</literal>."
5739msgstr ""
5740
5741#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5742#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:529
5743msgid ""
5744"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
5745"More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
5746"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
5747"file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
5748msgstr ""
5749
5750#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5751#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:537
5752msgid ""
5753"Perform Delinking. If the <literal>External-Links</literal> setting is used "
5754"then this option actually enables delinking of the files. It defaults to on "
5755"and can be turned off with <option>--no-delink</option>. Configuration "
5756"Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>."
5757msgstr ""
5758
5759#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5760#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:545
5761msgid ""
5762"Perform contents generation. When this option is set and package indexes are "
5763"being generated with a cache DB then the file listing will also be extracted "
5764"and stored in the DB for later use. When using the generate command this "
5765"option also allows the creation of any Contents files. The default is on. "
5766"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Contents</literal>."
5767msgstr ""
5768
5769#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5770#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:555
5771msgid ""
5772"Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</literal> "
5773"command. Configuration Item: "
5774"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>."
5775msgstr ""
5776
5777#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5778#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:561
5779msgid ""
5780"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: "
5781"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>."
5782msgstr ""
5783
5784#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5785#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:566
5786msgid ""
5787"Accept in the <literal>packages</literal> and <literal>contents</literal> "
5788"commands only package files matching <literal>*_arch.deb</literal> or "
5789"<literal>*_all.deb</literal> instead of all package files in the given "
5790"path. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>."
5791msgstr ""
5792
5793#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5794#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:574
5795msgid ""
5796"&apt-ftparchive; caches as much as possible of metadata in a cachedb. If "
5797"packages are recompiled and/or republished with the same version again, this "
5798"will lead to problems as the now outdated cached metadata like size and "
5799"checksums will be used. With this option enabled this will no longer happen "
5800"as it will be checked if the file was changed. Note that this option is set "
5801"to \"<literal>false</literal>\" by default as it is not recommend to upload "
5802"multiply versions/builds of a package with the same versionnumber, so in "
5803"theory nobody will have these problems and therefore all these extra checks "
5804"are useless."
5805msgstr ""
5806
5807#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5808#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:586
5809msgid ""
5810"This configuration option defaults to \"<literal>true</literal>\" and should "
5811"only be set to <literal>\"false\"</literal> if the Archive generated with "
5812"&apt-ftparchive; also provides <filename>Translation</filename> files. Note "
5813"that the <filename>Translation-en</filename> master file can only be created "
5814"in the generate command."
5815msgstr ""
5816
5817#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
5818#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:604
5819#, no-wrap
5820msgid ""
5821"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> packages "
5822"<replaceable>directory</replaceable> | <command>gzip</command> > "
5823"<filename>Packages.gz</filename>\n"
5824msgstr ""
5825
5826#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5827#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:600
5828msgid ""
5829"To create a compressed Packages file for a directory containing binary "
5830"packages (.deb): <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5831msgstr ""
5832
5833#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5834#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:614
5835msgid ""
5836"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
5837"100 on error."
5838msgstr ""
5839
5840#. type: TH
5841#: apt.8:17
5842#, no-wrap
5843msgid "apt"
5844msgstr ""
5845
5846#. type: TH
5847#: apt.8:17
5848#, no-wrap
5849msgid "16 June 1998"
5850msgstr ""
5851
5852#. type: TH
5853#: apt.8:17
5854#, no-wrap
5855msgid "Debian"
5856msgstr ""
5857
5858#. type: SH
5859#: apt.8:18
5860#, no-wrap
5861msgid "NAME"
5862msgstr ""
5863
5864#. type: Plain text
5865#: apt.8:20
5866msgid "apt - Advanced Package Tool"
5867msgstr ""
5868
5869#. type: SH
5870#: apt.8:20
5871#, no-wrap
5872msgid "SYNOPSIS"
5873msgstr ""
5874
5875#. type: Plain text
5876#: apt.8:22
5877msgid "B<apt>"
5878msgstr ""
5879
5880#. type: SH
5881#: apt.8:22
5882#, no-wrap
5883msgid "DESCRIPTION"
5884msgstr ""
5885
5886#. type: Plain text
5887#: apt.8:31
5888msgid ""
5889"APT is a management system for software packages. For normal day to day "
5890"package management there are several frontends available, such as "
5891"B<aptitude>(8) for the command line or B<synaptic>(8) for the X Window "
5892"System. Some options are only implemented in B<apt-get>(8) though."
5893msgstr ""
5894
5895#. type: SH
5896#: apt.8:31
5897#, no-wrap
5898msgid "SEE ALSO"
5899msgstr ""
5900
5901#. type: Plain text
5902#: apt.8:38
5903msgid ""
5904"B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources.list>(5), "
5905"B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)"
5906msgstr ""
5907
5908#. type: SH
5909#: apt.8:38
5910#, no-wrap
5911msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
5912msgstr ""
5913
5914#. type: Plain text
5915#: apt.8:40
5916msgid "apt returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on error."
5917msgstr ""
5918
5919#. type: SH
5920#: apt.8:40
5921#, no-wrap
5922msgid "BUGS"
5923msgstr ""
5924
5925#. type: Plain text
5926#: apt.8:42
5927msgid "This manpage isn't even started."
5928msgstr ""
5929
5930#. type: Plain text
5931#: apt.8:51
5932msgid ""
5933"See E<lt>http://bugs.debian.org/aptE<gt>. If you wish to report a bug in "
5934"B<apt>, please see I</usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting.txt> or the "
5935"B<reportbug>(1) command."
5936msgstr ""
5937
5938#. type: SH
5939#: apt.8:51
5940#, no-wrap
5941msgid "AUTHOR"
5942msgstr ""
5943
5944#. type: Plain text
5945#: apt.8:52
5946msgid "apt was written by the APT team E<lt>apt@packages.debian.orgE<gt>."
5947msgstr ""
5948
5949#. type: <title></title>
5950#: guide.sgml:4
5951msgid "APT User's Guide"
5952msgstr ""
5953
5954#. type: <author></author>
5955#: guide.sgml:6 offline.sgml:6
5956msgid "<name>Jason Gunthorpe </name><email>jgg@debian.org</email>"
5957msgstr ""
5958
5959#. type: <version></version>
5960#: guide.sgml:7
5961msgid "$Id: guide.sgml,v 1.7 2003/04/26 23:26:13 doogie Exp $"
5962msgstr ""
5963
5964#. type: <abstract></abstract>
5965#: guide.sgml:11
5966msgid ""
5967"This document provides an overview of how to use the the APT package "
5968"manager."
5969msgstr ""
5970
5971#. type: <copyrightsummary></copyrightsummary>
5972#: guide.sgml:15
5973msgid "Copyright &copy; Jason Gunthorpe, 1998."
5974msgstr ""
5975
5976#. type: <p></p>
5977#: guide.sgml:21 offline.sgml:22
5978msgid ""
5979"\"APT\" and this document are free software; you can redistribute them "
5980"and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public License as "
5981"published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, "
5982"or (at your option) any later version."
5983msgstr ""
5984
5985#. type: <p></p>
5986#: guide.sgml:24 offline.sgml:25
5987msgid ""
5988"For more details, on Debian systems, see the file "
5989"/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL for the full license."
5990msgstr ""
5991
5992#. type: <heading></heading>
5993#: guide.sgml:32
5994msgid "General"
5995msgstr ""
5996
5997#. type: <p></p>
5998#: guide.sgml:38
5999msgid ""
6000"The APT package currently contains two sections, the APT "
6001"<prgn>dselect</prgn> method and the <prgn>apt-get</prgn> command line user "
6002"interface. Both provide a way to install and remove packages as well as "
6003"download new packages from the Internet."
6004msgstr ""
6005
6006#. type: <heading></heading>
6007#: guide.sgml:39
6008msgid "Anatomy of the Package System"
6009msgstr ""
6010
6011#. type: <p></p>
6012#: guide.sgml:44
6013msgid ""
6014"The Debian packaging system has a large amount of information associated "
6015"with each package to help assure that it integrates cleanly and easily into "
6016"the system. The most prominent of its features is the dependency system."
6017msgstr ""
6018
6019#. type: <p></p>
6020#: guide.sgml:52
6021msgid ""
6022"The dependency system allows individual programs to make use of shared "
6023"elements in the system such as libraries. It simplifies placing infrequently "
6024"used portions of a program in separate packages to reduce the number of "
6025"things the average user is required to install. Also, it allows for choices "
6026"in mail transport agents, X servers and so on."
6027msgstr ""
6028
6029#. type: <p></p>
6030#: guide.sgml:57
6031msgid ""
6032"The first step to understanding the dependency system is to grasp the "
6033"concept of a simple dependency. The meaning of a simple dependency is that a "
6034"package requires another package to be installed at the same time to work "
6035"properly."
6036msgstr ""
6037
6038#. type: <p></p>
6039#: guide.sgml:63
6040msgid ""
6041"For instance, mailcrypt is an emacs extension that aids in encrypting email "
6042"with GPG. Without GPGP installed mailcrypt is useless, so mailcrypt has a "
6043"simple dependency on GPG. Also, because it is an emacs extension it has a "
6044"simple dependency on emacs, without emacs it is completely useless."
6045msgstr ""
6046
6047#. type: <p></p>
6048#: guide.sgml:73
6049msgid ""
6050"The other important dependency to understand is a conflicting dependency. It "
6051"means that a package, when installed with another package, will not work and "
6052"may possibly be extremely harmful to the system. As an example consider a "
6053"mail transport agent such as sendmail, exim or qmail. It is not possible to "
6054"have two mail transport agents installed because both need to listen to the "
6055"network to receive mail. Attempting to install two will seriously damage the "
6056"system so all mail transport agents have a conflicting dependency with all "
6057"other mail transport agents."
6058msgstr ""
6059
6060#. type: <p></p>
6061#: guide.sgml:83
6062msgid ""
6063"As an added complication there is the possibility for a package to pretend "
6064"to be another package. Consider that exim and sendmail for many intents are "
6065"identical, they both deliver mail and understand a common interface. Hence, "
6066"the package system has a way for them to declare that they are both "
6067"mail-transport-agents. So, exim and sendmail both declare that they provide "
6068"a mail-transport-agent and other packages that need a mail transport agent "
6069"depend on mail-transport-agent. This can add a great deal of confusion when "
6070"trying to manually fix packages."
6071msgstr ""
6072
6073#. type: <p></p>
6074#: guide.sgml:88
6075msgid ""
6076"At any given time a single dependency may be met by packages that are "
6077"already installed or it may not be. APT attempts to help resolve dependency "
6078"issues by providing a number of automatic algorithms that help in selecting "
6079"packages for installation."
6080msgstr ""
6081
6082#. type: <heading></heading>
6083#: guide.sgml:96
6084msgid "apt-get"
6085msgstr ""
6086
6087#. type: <p></p>
6088#: guide.sgml:102
6089msgid ""
6090"<prgn>apt-get</prgn> provides a simple way to install packages from the "
6091"command line. Unlike <prgn>dpkg</prgn>, <prgn>apt-get</prgn> does not "
6092"understand .deb files, it works with the package's proper name and can only "
6093"install .deb archives from a <em>Source</em>."
6094msgstr ""
6095
6096#. type: <p></p>
6097#: guide.sgml:109
6098msgid ""
6099"The first <footnote><p>If you are using an http proxy server you must set "
6100"the http_proxy environment variable first, see "
6101"sources.list(5)</p></footnote> thing that should be done before using "
6102"<prgn>apt-get</prgn> is to fetch the package lists from the <em>Sources</em> "
6103"so that it knows what packages are available. This is done with <tt>apt-get "
6104"update</tt>. For instance,"
6105msgstr ""
6106
6107#. type: <example></example>
6108#: guide.sgml:116
6109#, no-wrap
6110msgid ""
6111"# apt-get update\n"
6112"Get http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/binary-i386/ Packages\n"
6113"Get http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
6114"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6115"Building Dependency Tree... Done"
6116msgstr ""
6117
6118#. type: <p><taglist>
6119#: guide.sgml:120
6120msgid "Once updated there are several commands that can be used:"
6121msgstr ""
6122
6123#. type: <tag></tag>
6124#: guide.sgml:121
6125msgid "upgrade"
6126msgstr ""
6127
6128#. type: <p></p>
6129#: guide.sgml:131
6130msgid ""
6131"Upgrade will attempt to gently upgrade the whole system. Upgrade will never "
6132"install a new package or remove an existing package, nor will it ever "
6133"upgrade a package that might cause some other package to break. This can be "
6134"used daily to relatively safely upgrade the system. Upgrade will list all of "
6135"the packages that it could not upgrade, this usually means that they depend "
6136"on new packages or conflict with some other package. <prgn>dselect</prgn> or "
6137"<tt>apt-get install</tt> can be used to force these packages to install."
6138msgstr ""
6139
6140#. type: <tag></tag>
6141#: guide.sgml:131
6142msgid "install"
6143msgstr ""
6144
6145#. type: <p></p>
6146#: guide.sgml:140
6147msgid ""
6148"Install is used to install packages by name. The package is automatically "
6149"fetched and installed. This can be useful if you already know the name of "
6150"the package to install and do not want to go into a GUI to select it. Any "
6151"number of packages may be passed to install, they will all be "
6152"fetched. Install automatically attempts to resolve dependency problems with "
6153"the listed packages and will print a summary and ask for confirmation if "
6154"anything other than its arguments are changed."
6155msgstr ""
6156
6157#. type: <tag></tag>
6158#: guide.sgml:140
6159msgid "dist-upgrade"
6160msgstr ""
6161
6162#. type: <p></p>
6163#: guide.sgml:149
6164msgid ""
6165"Dist-upgrade is a complete upgrader designed to simplify upgrading between "
6166"releases of Debian. It uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine the best "
6167"set of packages to install, upgrade and remove to get as much of the system "
6168"to the newest release. In some situations it may be desired to use "
6169"dist-upgrade rather than spend the time manually resolving dependencies in "
6170"<prgn>dselect</prgn>. Once dist-upgrade has completed then "
6171"<prgn>dselect</prgn> can be used to install any packages that may have been "
6172"left out."
6173msgstr ""
6174
6175#. type: <p></p>
6176#: guide.sgml:152
6177msgid ""
6178"It is important to closely look at what dist-upgrade is going to do, its "
6179"decisions may sometimes be quite surprising."
6180msgstr ""
6181
6182#. type: <p></p>
6183#: guide.sgml:163
6184msgid ""
6185"<prgn>apt-get</prgn> has several command line options that are detailed in "
6186"its man page, <manref name=\"apt-get\" section=\"8\">. The most useful "
6187"option is <tt>-d</tt> which does not install the fetched files. If the "
6188"system has to download a large number of package it would be undesired to "
6189"start installing them in case something goes wrong. When <tt>-d</tt> is used "
6190"the downloaded archives can be installed by simply running the command that "
6191"caused them to be downloaded again without <tt>-d</tt>."
6192msgstr ""
6193
6194#. type: <heading></heading>
6195#: guide.sgml:168
6196msgid "DSelect"
6197msgstr ""
6198
6199#. type: <p></p>
6200#: guide.sgml:173
6201msgid ""
6202"The APT <prgn>dselect</prgn> method provides the complete APT system with "
6203"the <prgn>dselect</prgn> package selection GUI. <prgn>dselect</prgn> is used "
6204"to select the packages to be installed or removed and APT actually installs "
6205"them."
6206msgstr ""
6207
6208#. type: <p></p>
6209#: guide.sgml:184
6210msgid ""
6211"To enable the APT method you need to select [A]ccess in <prgn>dselect</prgn> "
6212"and then choose the APT method. You will be prompted for a set of "
6213"<em>Sources</em> which are places to fetch archives from. These can be "
6214"remote Internet sites, local Debian mirrors or CD-ROMs. Each source can "
6215"provide a fragment of the total Debian archive, APT will automatically "
6216"combine them to form a complete set of packages. If you have a CD-ROM then "
6217"it is a good idea to specify it first and then specify a mirror so that you "
6218"have access to the latest bug fixes. APT will automatically use packages on "
6219"your CD-ROM before downloading from the Internet."
6220msgstr ""
6221
6222#. type: <example></example>
6223#: guide.sgml:198
6224#, no-wrap
6225msgid ""
6226" Set up a list of distribution source locations\n"
6227"\t \n"
6228" Please give the base URL of the debian distribution.\n"
6229" The access schemes I know about are: http file\n"
6230"\t \n"
6231" For example:\n"
6232" file:/mnt/debian,\n"
6233" ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian,\n"
6234" http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian,\n"
6235" \n"
6236" \n"
6237" URL [http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian]:"
6238msgstr ""
6239
6240#. type: <p></p>
6241#: guide.sgml:205
6242msgid ""
6243"The <em>Sources</em> setup starts by asking for the base of the Debian "
6244"archive, defaulting to a HTTP mirror. Next it asks for the distribution to "
6245"get."
6246msgstr ""
6247
6248#. type: <example></example>
6249#: guide.sgml:212
6250#, no-wrap
6251msgid ""
6252" Please give the distribution tag to get or a path to the\n"
6253" package file ending in a /. The distribution\n"
6254" tags are typically something like: stable unstable testing non-US\n"
6255" \n"
6256" Distribution [stable]:"
6257msgstr ""
6258
6259#. type: <p></p>
6260#: guide.sgml:222
6261msgid ""
6262"The distribution refers to the Debian version in the archive, "
6263"<em>stable</em> refers to the latest released version and <em>unstable</em> "
6264"refers to the developmental version. <em>non-US</em> is only available on "
6265"some mirrors and refers to packages that contain encryption technology or "
6266"other things that cannot be exported from the United States. Importing these "
6267"packages into the US is legal however."
6268msgstr ""
6269
6270#. type: <example></example>
6271#: guide.sgml:228
6272#, no-wrap
6273msgid ""
6274" Please give the components to get\n"
6275" The components are typically something like: main contrib non-free\n"
6276" \n"
6277" Components [main contrib non-free]:"
6278msgstr ""
6279
6280#. type: <p></p>
6281#: guide.sgml:236
6282msgid ""
6283"The components list refers to the list of sub distributions to fetch. The "
6284"distribution is split up based on software licenses, main being DFSG free "
6285"packages while contrib and non-free contain things that have various "
6286"restrictions placed on their use and distribution."
6287msgstr ""
6288
6289#. type: <p></p>
6290#: guide.sgml:240
6291msgid ""
6292"Any number of sources can be added, the setup script will continue to prompt "
6293"until you have specified all that you want."
6294msgstr ""
6295
6296#. type: <p></p>
6297#: guide.sgml:247
6298msgid ""
6299"Before starting to use <prgn>dselect</prgn> it is necessary to update the "
6300"available list by selecting [U]pdate from the menu. This is a superset of "
6301"<tt>apt-get update</tt> that makes the fetched information available to "
6302"<prgn>dselect</prgn>. [U]pdate must be performed even if <tt>apt-get "
6303"update</tt> has been run before."
6304msgstr ""
6305
6306#. type: <p></p>
6307#: guide.sgml:253
6308msgid ""
6309"You can then go on and make your selections using [S]elect and then perform "
6310"the installation using [I]nstall. When using the APT method the [C]onfig and "
6311"[R]emove commands have no meaning, the [I]nstall command performs both of "
6312"them together."
6313msgstr ""
6314
6315#. type: <p></p>
6316#: guide.sgml:258
6317msgid ""
6318"By default APT will automatically remove the package (.deb) files once they "
6319"have been successfully installed. To change this behavior place "
6320"<tt>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</tt> in /etc/apt/apt.conf."
6321msgstr ""
6322
6323#. type: <heading></heading>
6324#: guide.sgml:264
6325msgid "The Interface"
6326msgstr ""
6327
6328#. type: <p></p>
6329#: guide.sgml:278
6330msgid ""
6331"Both that APT <prgn>dselect</prgn> method and <prgn>apt-get</prgn> share the "
6332"same interface. It is a simple system that generally tells you what it will "
6333"do and then goes and does it. <footnote><p>The <prgn>dselect</prgn> method "
6334"actually is a set of wrapper scripts to <prgn>apt-get</prgn>. The method "
6335"actually provides more functionality than is present in <prgn>apt-get</prgn> "
6336"alone.</p></footnote> After printing out a summary of what will happen APT "
6337"then will print out some informative status messages so that you can "
6338"estimate how far along it is and how much is left to do."
6339msgstr ""
6340
6341#. type: <heading></heading>
6342#: guide.sgml:280
6343msgid "Startup"
6344msgstr ""
6345
6346#. type: <p></p>
6347#: guide.sgml:284
6348msgid ""
6349"Before all operations except update, APT performs a number of actions to "
6350"prepare its internal state. It also does some checks of the system's "
6351"state. At any time these operations can be performed by running <tt>apt-get "
6352"check</tt>."
6353msgstr ""
6354
6355#. type: <example></example>
6356#: guide.sgml:289
6357#, no-wrap
6358msgid ""
6359"# apt-get check\n"
6360"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6361"Building Dependency Tree... Done"
6362msgstr ""
6363
6364#. type: <p></p>
6365#: guide.sgml:297
6366msgid ""
6367"The first thing it does is read all the package files into memory. APT uses "
6368"a caching scheme so this operation will be faster the second time it is "
6369"run. If some of the package files are not found then they will be ignored "
6370"and a warning will be printed when apt-get exits."
6371msgstr ""
6372
6373#. type: <p></p>
6374#: guide.sgml:303
6375msgid ""
6376"The final operation performs a detailed analysis of the system's "
6377"dependencies. It checks every dependency of every installed or unpacked "
6378"package and considers if it is OK. Should this find a problem then a report "
6379"will be printed out and <prgn>apt-get</prgn> will refuse to run."
6380msgstr ""
6381
6382#. type: <example></example>
6383#: guide.sgml:320
6384#, no-wrap
6385msgid ""
6386"# apt-get check\n"
6387"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6388"Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
6389"You might want to run apt-get -f install' to correct these.\n"
6390"Sorry, but the following packages have unmet dependencies:\n"
6391" 9fonts: Depends: xlib6g but it is not installed\n"
6392" uucp: Depends: mailx but it is not installed\n"
6393" blast: Depends: xlib6g (>= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
6394" adduser: Depends: perl-base but it is not installed\n"
6395" aumix: Depends: libgpmg1 but it is not installed\n"
6396" debiandoc-sgml: Depends: sgml-base but it is not installed\n"
6397" bash-builtins: Depends: bash (>= 2.01) but 2.0-3 is installed\n"
6398" cthugha: Depends: svgalibg1 but it is not installed\n"
6399" Depends: xlib6g (>= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
6400" libreadlineg2: Conflicts:libreadline2 (<< 2.1-2.1)"
6401msgstr ""
6402
6403#. type: <p></p>
6404#: guide.sgml:329
6405msgid ""
6406"In this example the system has many problems, including a serious problem "
6407"with libreadlineg2. For each package that has unmet dependencies a line is "
6408"printed out indicating the package with the problem and the dependencies "
6409"that are unmet. A short explanation of why the package has a dependency "
6410"problem is also included."
6411msgstr ""
6412
6413#. type: <p></p>
6414#: guide.sgml:337
6415msgid ""
6416"There are two ways a system can get into a broken state like this. The first "
6417"is caused by <prgn>dpkg</prgn> missing some subtle relationships between "
6418"packages when performing upgrades. <footnote><p>APT however considers all "
6419"known dependencies and attempts to prevent broken "
6420"packages</p></footnote>. The second is if a package installation fails "
6421"during an operation. In this situation a package may have been unpacked "
6422"without its dependents being installed."
6423msgstr ""
6424
6425#. type: <p></p>
6426#: guide.sgml:345
6427msgid ""
6428"The second situation is much less serious than the first because APT places "
6429"certain constraints on the order that packages are installed. In both cases "
6430"supplying the <tt>-f</tt> option to <prgn>apt-get</prgn> will cause APT to "
6431"deduce a possible solution to the problem and then continue on. The APT "
6432"<prgn>dselect</prgn> method always supplies the <tt>-f</tt> option to allow "
6433"for easy continuation of failed maintainer scripts."
6434msgstr ""
6435
6436#. type: <p></p>
6437#: guide.sgml:351
6438msgid ""
6439"However, if the <tt>-f</tt> option is used to correct a seriously broken "
6440"system caused by the first case then it is possible that it will either fail "
6441"immediately or the installation sequence will fail. In either case it is "
6442"necessary to manually use dpkg (possibly with forcing options) to correct "
6443"the situation enough to allow APT to proceed."
6444msgstr ""
6445
6446#. type: <heading></heading>
6447#: guide.sgml:356
6448msgid "The Status Report"
6449msgstr ""
6450
6451#. type: <p></p>
6452#: guide.sgml:363
6453msgid ""
6454"Before proceeding <prgn>apt-get</prgn> will present a report on what will "
6455"happen. Generally the report reflects the type of operation being performed "
6456"but there are several common elements. In all cases the lists reflect the "
6457"final state of things, taking into account the <tt>-f</tt> option and any "
6458"other relevant activities to the command being executed."
6459msgstr ""
6460
6461#. type: <heading></heading>
6462#: guide.sgml:364
6463msgid "The Extra Package list"
6464msgstr ""
6465
6466#. type: <example></example>
6467#: guide.sgml:372
6468#, no-wrap
6469msgid ""
6470"The following extra packages will be installed:\n"
6471" libdbd-mysql-perl xlib6 zlib1 xzx libreadline2 libdbd-msql-perl\n"
6472" mailpgp xdpkg fileutils pinepgp zlib1g xlib6g perl-base\n"
6473" bin86 libgdbm1 libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 bcc xbuffy\n"
6474" squake pgp-i python-base debmake ldso perl libreadlineg2\n"
6475" ssh"
6476msgstr ""
6477
6478#. type: <p></p>
6479#: guide.sgml:379
6480msgid ""
6481"The Extra Package list shows all of the packages that will be installed or "
6482"upgraded in excess of the ones mentioned on the command line. It is only "
6483"generated for an <tt>install</tt> command. The listed packages are often the "
6484"result of an Auto Install."
6485msgstr ""
6486
6487#. type: <heading></heading>
6488#: guide.sgml:382
6489msgid "The Packages to Remove"
6490msgstr ""
6491
6492#. type: <example></example>
6493#: guide.sgml:389
6494#, no-wrap
6495msgid ""
6496"The following packages will be REMOVED:\n"
6497" xlib6-dev xpat2 tk40-dev xkeycaps xbattle xonix\n"
6498" xdaliclock tk40 tk41 xforms0.86 ghostview xloadimage xcolorsel\n"
6499" xadmin xboard perl-debug tkined xtetris libreadline2-dev perl-suid\n"
6500" nas xpilot xfig"
6501msgstr ""
6502
6503#. type: <p></p>
6504#: guide.sgml:399
6505msgid ""
6506"The Packages to Remove list shows all of the packages that will be removed "
6507"from the system. It can be shown for any of the operations and should be "
6508"given a careful inspection to ensure nothing important is to be taken "
6509"off. The <tt>-f</tt> option is especially good at generating packages to "
6510"remove so extreme care should be used in that case. The list may contain "
6511"packages that are going to be removed because they are only partially "
6512"installed, possibly due to an aborted installation."
6513msgstr ""
6514
6515#. type: <heading></heading>
6516#: guide.sgml:402
6517msgid "The New Packages list"
6518msgstr ""
6519
6520#. type: <example></example>
6521#: guide.sgml:406
6522#, no-wrap
6523msgid ""
6524"The following NEW packages will installed:\n"
6525" zlib1g xlib6g perl-base libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 pgp-i python-base"
6526msgstr ""
6527
6528#. type: <p></p>
6529#: guide.sgml:411
6530msgid ""
6531"The New Packages list is simply a reminder of what will happen. The packages "
6532"listed are not presently installed in the system but will be when APT is "
6533"done."
6534msgstr ""
6535
6536#. type: <heading></heading>
6537#: guide.sgml:414
6538msgid "The Kept Back list"
6539msgstr ""
6540
6541#. type: <example></example>
6542#: guide.sgml:419
6543#, no-wrap
6544msgid ""
6545"The following packages have been kept back\n"
6546" compface man-db tetex-base msql libpaper svgalib1\n"
6547" gs snmp arena lynx xpat2 groff xscreensaver"
6548msgstr ""
6549
6550#. type: <p></p>
6551#: guide.sgml:428
6552msgid ""
6553"Whenever the whole system is being upgraded there is the possibility that "
6554"new versions of packages cannot be installed because they require new things "
6555"or conflict with already installed things. In this case the package will "
6556"appear in the Kept Back list. The best way to convince packages listed there "
6557"to install is with <tt>apt-get install</tt> or by using <prgn>dselect</prgn> "
6558"to resolve their problems."
6559msgstr ""
6560
6561#. type: <heading></heading>
6562#: guide.sgml:431
6563msgid "Held Packages warning"
6564msgstr ""
6565
6566#. type: <example></example>
6567#: guide.sgml:435
6568#, no-wrap
6569msgid ""
6570"The following held packages will be changed:\n"
6571" cvs"
6572msgstr ""
6573
6574#. type: <p></p>
6575#: guide.sgml:441
6576msgid ""
6577"Sometimes you can ask APT to install a package that is on hold, in such a "
6578"case it prints out a warning that the held package is going to be "
6579"changed. This should only happen during dist-upgrade or install."
6580msgstr ""
6581
6582#. type: <heading></heading>
6583#: guide.sgml:444
6584msgid "Final summary"
6585msgstr ""
6586
6587#. type: <p></p>
6588#: guide.sgml:447
6589msgid "Finally, APT will print out a summary of all the changes that will occur."
6590msgstr ""
6591
6592#. type: <example></example>
6593#: guide.sgml:452
6594#, no-wrap
6595msgid ""
6596"206 packages upgraded, 8 newly installed, 23 to remove and 51 not "
6597"upgraded.\n"
6598"12 packages not fully installed or removed.\n"
6599"Need to get 65.7M/66.7M of archives. After unpacking 26.5M will be used."
6600msgstr ""
6601
6602#. type: <p></p>
6603#: guide.sgml:470
6604msgid ""
6605"The first line of the summary simply is a reduced version of all of the "
6606"lists and includes the number of upgrades - that is packages already "
6607"installed that have new versions available. The second line indicates the "
6608"number of poorly configured packages, possibly the result of an aborted "
6609"installation. The final line shows the space requirements that the "
6610"installation needs. The first pair of numbers refer to the size of the "
6611"archive files. The first number indicates the number of bytes that must be "
6612"fetched from remote locations and the second indicates the total size of all "
6613"the archives required. The next number indicates the size difference between "
6614"the presently installed packages and the newly installed packages. It is "
6615"roughly equivalent to the space required in /usr after everything is "
6616"done. If a large number of packages are being removed then the value may "
6617"indicate the amount of space that will be freed."
6618msgstr ""
6619
6620#. type: <p></p>
6621#: guide.sgml:473
6622msgid ""
6623"Some other reports can be generated by using the -u option to show packages "
6624"to upgrade, they are similar to the previous examples."
6625msgstr ""
6626
6627#. type: <heading></heading>
6628#: guide.sgml:477
6629msgid "The Status Display"
6630msgstr ""
6631
6632#. type: <p></p>
6633#: guide.sgml:481
6634msgid ""
6635"During the download of archives and package files APT prints out a series of "
6636"status messages."
6637msgstr ""
6638
6639#. type: <example></example>
6640#: guide.sgml:490
6641#, no-wrap
6642msgid ""
6643"# apt-get update\n"
6644"Get:1 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/non-US/ Packages\n"
6645"Get:2 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
6646"Hit http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/main Packages\n"
6647"Get:4 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ unstable/binary-i386/ "
6648"Packages\n"
6649"Get:5 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/non-free Packages\n"
6650"11% [5 testing/non-free `Waiting for file' 0/32.1k 0%] 2203b/s 1m52s"
6651msgstr ""
6652
6653#. type: <p></p>
6654#: guide.sgml:500
6655msgid ""
6656"The lines starting with <em>Get</em> are printed out when APT begins to "
6657"fetch a file while the last line indicates the progress of the download. The "
6658"first percent value on the progress line indicates the total percent done of "
6659"all files. Unfortunately since the size of the Package files is unknown "
6660"<tt>apt-get update</tt> estimates the percent done which causes some "
6661"inaccuracies."
6662msgstr ""
6663
6664#. type: <p></p>
6665#: guide.sgml:509
6666msgid ""
6667"The next section of the status line is repeated once for each download "
6668"thread and indicates the operation being performed and some useful "
6669"information about what is happening. Sometimes this section will simply read "
6670"<em>Forking</em> which means the OS is loading the download module. The "
6671"first word after the [ is the fetch number as shown on the history "
6672"lines. The next word is the short form name of the object being "
6673"downloaded. For archives it will contain the name of the package that is "
6674"being fetched."
6675msgstr ""
6676
6677#. type: <p></p>
6678#: guide.sgml:524
6679msgid ""
6680"Inside of the single quote is an informative string indicating the progress "
6681"of the negotiation phase of the download. Typically it progresses from "
6682"<em>Connecting</em> to <em>Waiting for file</em> to <em>Downloading</em> or "
6683"<em>Resuming</em>. The final value is the number of bytes downloaded from "
6684"the remote site. Once the download begins this is represented as "
6685"<tt>102/10.2k</tt> indicating that 102 bytes have been fetched and 10.2 "
6686"kilobytes is expected. The total size is always shown in 4 figure notation "
6687"to preserve space. After the size display is a percent meter for the file "
6688"itself. The second last element is the instantaneous average speed. This "
6689"values is updated every 5 seconds and reflects the rate of data transfer for "
6690"that period. Finally is shown the estimated transfer time. This is updated "
6691"regularly and reflects the time to complete everything at the shown transfer "
6692"rate."
6693msgstr ""
6694
6695#. type: <p></p>
6696#: guide.sgml:530
6697msgid ""
6698"The status display updates every half second to provide a constant feedback "
6699"on the download progress while the Get lines scroll back whenever a new file "
6700"is started. Since the status display is constantly updated it is unsuitable "
6701"for logging to a file, use the <tt>-q</tt> option to remove the status "
6702"display."
6703msgstr ""
6704
6705#. type: <heading></heading>
6706#: guide.sgml:535
6707msgid "Dpkg"
6708msgstr ""
6709
6710#. type: <p></p>
6711#: guide.sgml:542
6712msgid ""
6713"APT uses <prgn>dpkg</prgn> for installing the archives and will switch over "
6714"to the <prgn>dpkg</prgn> interface once downloading is "
6715"completed. <prgn>dpkg</prgn> will also ask a number of questions as it "
6716"processes the packages and the packages themselves may also ask several "
6717"questions. Before each question there is usually a description of what it is "
6718"asking and the questions are too varied to discuss completely here."
6719msgstr ""
6720
6721#. type: <title></title>
6722#: offline.sgml:4
6723msgid "Using APT Offline"
6724msgstr ""
6725
6726#. type: <version></version>
6727#: offline.sgml:7
6728msgid "$Id: offline.sgml,v 1.8 2003/02/12 15:06:41 doogie Exp $"
6729msgstr ""
6730
6731#. type: <abstract></abstract>
6732#: offline.sgml:12
6733msgid ""
6734"This document describes how to use APT in a non-networked environment, "
6735"specifically a 'sneaker-net' approach for performing upgrades."
6736msgstr ""
6737
6738#. type: <copyrightsummary></copyrightsummary>
6739#: offline.sgml:16
6740msgid "Copyright &copy; Jason Gunthorpe, 1999."
6741msgstr ""
6742
6743#. type: <heading></heading>
6744#: offline.sgml:32
6745msgid "Introduction"
6746msgstr ""
6747
6748#. type: <heading></heading>
6749#: offline.sgml:34 offline.sgml:65 offline.sgml:180
6750msgid "Overview"
6751msgstr ""
6752
6753#. type: <p></p>
6754#: offline.sgml:40
6755msgid ""
6756"Normally APT requires direct access to a Debian archive, either from a local "
6757"media or through a network. Another common complaint is that a Debian "
6758"machine is on a slow link, such as a modem and another machine has a very "
6759"fast connection but they are physically distant."
6760msgstr ""
6761
6762#. type: <p></p>
6763#: offline.sgml:51
6764msgid ""
6765"The solution to this is to use large removable media such as a Zip disc or a "
6766"SuperDisk disc. These discs are not large enough to store the entire Debian "
6767"archive but can easily fit a subset large enough for most users. The idea is "
6768"to use APT to generate a list of packages that are required and then fetch "
6769"them onto the disc using another machine with good connectivity. It is even "
6770"possible to use another Debian machine with APT or to use a completely "
6771"different OS and a download tool like wget. Let <em>remote host</em> mean "
6772"the machine downloading the packages, and <em>target host</em> the one with "
6773"bad or no connection."
6774msgstr ""
6775
6776#. type: <p></p>
6777#: offline.sgml:57
6778msgid ""
6779"This is achieved by creatively manipulating the APT configuration file. The "
6780"essential premise to tell APT to look on a disc for it's archive files. Note "
6781"that the disc should be formated with a filesystem that can handle long file "
6782"names such as ext2, fat32 or vfat."
6783msgstr ""
6784
6785#. type: <heading></heading>
6786#: offline.sgml:63
6787msgid "Using APT on both machines"
6788msgstr ""
6789
6790#. type: <p><example>
6791#: offline.sgml:71
6792msgid ""
6793"APT being available on both machines gives the simplest configuration. The "
6794"basic idea is to place a copy of the status file on the disc and use the "
6795"remote machine to fetch the latest package files and decide which packages "
6796"to download. The disk directory structure should look like:"
6797msgstr ""
6798
6799#. type: <example></example>
6800#: offline.sgml:80
6801#, no-wrap
6802msgid ""
6803" /disc/\n"
6804" archives/\n"
6805" partial/\n"
6806" lists/\n"
6807" partial/\n"
6808" status\n"
6809" sources.list\n"
6810" apt.conf"
6811msgstr ""
6812
6813#. type: <heading></heading>
6814#: offline.sgml:88
6815msgid "The configuration file"
6816msgstr ""
6817
6818#. type: <p></p>
6819#: offline.sgml:96
6820msgid ""
6821"The configuration file should tell APT to store its files on the disc and to "
6822"use the configuration files on the disc as well. The sources.list should "
6823"contain the proper sites that you wish to use from the remote machine, and "
6824"the status file should be a copy of <em>/var/lib/dpkg/status</em> from the "
6825"<em>target host</em>. Please note, if you are using a local archive you must "
6826"use copy URIs, the syntax is identical to file URIs."
6827msgstr ""
6828
6829#. type: <p><example>
6830#: offline.sgml:100
6831msgid ""
6832"<em>apt.conf</em> must contain the necessary information to make APT use the "
6833"disc:"
6834msgstr ""
6835
6836#. type: <example></example>
6837#: offline.sgml:124
6838#, no-wrap
6839msgid ""
6840" APT\n"
6841" {\n"
6842" /* This is not necessary if the two machines are the same arch, it "
6843"tells\n"
6844" the remote APT what architecture the target machine is */\n"
6845" Architecture \"i386\";\n"
6846" \n"
6847" Get::Download-Only \"true\";\n"
6848" };\n"
6849" \n"
6850" Dir\n"
6851" {\n"
6852" /* Use the disc for state information and redirect the status file from\n"
6853" the /var/lib/dpkg default */\n"
6854" State \"/disc/\";\n"
6855" State::status \"status\";\n"
6856"\n"
6857" // Binary caches will be stored locally\n"
6858" Cache::archives \"/disc/archives/\";\n"
6859" Cache \"/tmp/\";\n"
6860" \n"
6861" // Location of the source list.\n"
6862" Etc \"/disc/\";\n"
6863" };"
6864msgstr ""
6865
6866#. type: </example></p>
6867#: offline.sgml:129
6868msgid ""
6869"More details can be seen by examining the apt.conf man page and the sample "
6870"configuration file in <em>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt.conf</em>."
6871msgstr ""
6872
6873#. type: <p><example>
6874#: offline.sgml:136
6875msgid ""
6876"On the target machine the first thing to do is mount the disc and copy "
6877"<em>/var/lib/dpkg/status</em> to it. You will also need to create the "
6878"directories outlined in the Overview, <em>archives/partial/</em> and "
6879"<em>lists/partial/</em>. Then take the disc to the remote machine and "
6880"configure the sources.list. On the remote machine execute the following:"
6881msgstr ""
6882
6883#. type: <example></example>
6884#: offline.sgml:142
6885#, no-wrap
6886msgid ""
6887" # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
6888" # apt-get update\n"
6889" [ APT fetches the package files ]\n"
6890" # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
6891" [ APT fetches all the packages needed to upgrade the target machine ]"
6892msgstr ""
6893
6894#. type: </example></p>
6895#: offline.sgml:149
6896msgid ""
6897"The dist-upgrade command can be replaced with any other standard APT "
6898"commands, particularly dselect-upgrade. You can even use an APT front end "
6899"such as <em>dselect</em>. However this presents a problem in communicating "
6900"your selections back to the local computer."
6901msgstr ""
6902
6903#. type: <p><example>
6904#: offline.sgml:153
6905msgid ""
6906"Now the disc contains all of the index files and archives needed to upgrade "
6907"the target machine. Take the disc back and run:"
6908msgstr ""
6909
6910#. type: <example></example>
6911#: offline.sgml:159
6912#, no-wrap
6913msgid ""
6914" # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
6915" # apt-get check\n"
6916" [ APT generates a local copy of the cache files ]\n"
6917" # apt-get --no-d -o dir::state::status=/var/lib/dpkg/status dist-upgrade\n"
6918" [ Or any other APT command ]"
6919msgstr ""
6920
6921#. type: <p></p>
6922#: offline.sgml:165
6923msgid ""
6924"It is necessary for proper function to re-specify the status file to be the "
6925"local one. This is very important!"
6926msgstr ""
6927
6928#. type: <p></p>
6929#: offline.sgml:172
6930msgid ""
6931"If you are using dselect you can do the very risky operation of copying "
6932"disc/status to /var/lib/dpkg/status so that any selections you made on the "
6933"remote machine are updated. I highly recommend that people only make "
6934"selections on the local machine - but this may not always be possible. DO "
6935"NOT copy the status file if dpkg or APT have been run in the mean time!!"
6936msgstr ""
6937
6938#. type: <heading></heading>
6939#: offline.sgml:178
6940msgid "Using APT and wget"
6941msgstr ""
6942
6943#. type: <p></p>
6944#: offline.sgml:185
6945msgid ""
6946"<em>wget</em> is a popular and portable download tool that can run on nearly "
6947"any machine. Unlike the method above this requires that the Debian machine "
6948"already has a list of available packages."
6949msgstr ""
6950
6951#. type: <p></p>
6952#: offline.sgml:190
6953msgid ""
6954"The basic idea is to create a disc that has only the archive files "
6955"downloaded from the remote site. This is done by using the --print-uris "
6956"option to apt-get and then preparing a wget script to actually fetch the "
6957"packages."
6958msgstr ""
6959
6960#. type: <heading></heading>
6961#: offline.sgml:196
6962msgid "Operation"
6963msgstr ""
6964
6965#. type: <p><example>
6966#: offline.sgml:200
6967msgid ""
6968"Unlike the previous technique no special configuration files are "
6969"required. We merely use the standard APT commands to generate the file list."
6970msgstr ""
6971
6972#. type: <example></example>
6973#: offline.sgml:205
6974#, no-wrap
6975msgid ""
6976" # apt-get dist-upgrade \n"
6977" [ Press no when prompted, make sure you are happy with the actions ]\n"
6978" # apt-get -qq --print-uris dist-upgrade > uris\n"
6979" # awk '{print \"wget -O \" $2 \" \" $1}' < uris > /disc/wget-script"
6980msgstr ""
6981
6982#. type: </example></p>
6983#: offline.sgml:210
6984msgid ""
6985"Any command other than dist-upgrade could be used here, including "
6986"dselect-upgrade."
6987msgstr ""
6988
6989#. type: <p></p>
6990#: offline.sgml:216
6991msgid ""
6992"The /disc/wget-script file will now contain a list of wget commands to "
6993"execute in order to fetch the necessary archives. This script should be run "
6994"with the current directory as the disc's mount point so as to save the "
6995"output on the disc."
6996msgstr ""
6997
6998#. type: <p><example>
6999#: offline.sgml:219
7000msgid "The remote machine would do something like"
7001msgstr ""
7002
7003#. type: <example></example>
7004#: offline.sgml:223
7005#, no-wrap
7006msgid ""
7007" # cd /disc\n"
7008" # sh -x ./wget-script\n"
7009" [ wait.. ]"
7010msgstr ""
7011
7012#. type: </example><example>
7013#: offline.sgml:228
7014msgid ""
7015"Once the archives are downloaded and the disc returned to the Debian machine "
7016"installation can proceed using,"
7017msgstr ""
7018
7019#. type: <example></example>
7020#: offline.sgml:230
7021#, no-wrap
7022msgid " # apt-get -o dir::cache::archives=\"/disc/\" dist-upgrade"
7023msgstr ""
7024
7025#. type: </example></p>
7026#: offline.sgml:234
7027msgid "Which will use the already fetched archives on the disc."
7028msgstr ""